Senr8327 10 00 All

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 244

SENR8327-10

June 2013

Disassembly and Assembly


D8R Track-Type Tractor
Power Train
7XM 1-Up (Machine)
9EM 1-Up (Machine)

SAFETY.CAT.COM
i05296198

Important Safety Information


Most accidents that involve product operation, maintenance and repair are caused by failure to observe
basic safety rules or precautions. An accident can often be avoided by recognizing potentially hazardous
situations before an accident occurs. A person must be alert to potential hazards, including human factors
that can affect safety. This person should also have the necessary training, skills and tools to perform these
functions properly.
Improper operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair of this product can be dangerous and could
result in injury or death.
Do not operate or perform any lubrication, maintenance or repair on this product, until you verify
that you are authorized to perform this work, and have read and understood the operation,
lubrication, maintenance and repair information.
Safety precautions and warnings are provided in this manual and on the product. If these hazard warnings
are not heeded, bodily injury or death could occur to you or to other persons.
The hazards are identified by the “Safety Alert Symbol” and followed by a “Signal Word” such as
“DANGER”, “WARNING” or “CAUTION”. The Safety Alert “WARNING” label is shown below.

The meaning of this safety alert symbol is as follows:


Attention! Become Alert! Your Safety is Involved.
The message that appears under the warning explains the hazard and can be either written or pictorially
presented.
A non-exhaustive list of operations that may cause product damage are identified by “NOTICE” labels on
the product and in this publication.
Caterpillar cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard.
The warnings in this publication and on the product are, therefore, not all inclusive. You must not
use this product in any manner different from that considered by this manual without first satisfying
yourself that you have considered all safety rules and precautions applicable to the operation of the
product in the location of use, including site-specific rules and precautions applicable to the
worksite. If a tool, procedure, work method or operating technique that is not specifically
recommended by Caterpillar is used, you must satisfy yourself that it is safe for you and for others.
You should also ensure that you are authorized to perform this work, and that the product will not be
damaged or become unsafe by the operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair procedures that
you intend to use.
The information, specifications, and illustrations in this publication are on the basis of information that was
available at the time that the publication was written. The specifications, torques, pressures,
measurements, adjustments, illustrations, and other items can change at any time. These changes can
affect the service that is given to the product. Obtain the complete and most current information before you
start any job. Cat dealers have the most current information available.

When replacement parts are required for this


product Caterpillar recommends using Cat re-
placement parts.
Failure to follow this warning may lead to pre-
mature failures, product damage, personal in-
jury or death.

In the United States, the maintenance, replacement, or repair of the emission control devices and
systems may be performed by any repair establishment or individual of the owner's choosing.
SENR8327 3
Table of Contents

Table of Contents Final Drive - Remove .................. .................. 103


Final Drive - Disassemble............... .............. 104
Disassembly and Assembly Section Final Drive - Assemble................. ................. 108
Final Drive - Install .................... .....................113
Duo-Cone Conventional Seals - Install....... ...... 5 Final Drive, Steering Differential, and Brake (Left
Duo-Cone Inverted Seals - Install.......... ......... 10 Side) - Remove...................... ......................115
Track Roller - Remove.................. .................. 18 Steering Differential and Brake -
Track Roller - Disassemble............... .............. 19 Disassemble ........................ ........................117
Track Roller - Assemble .................................. 20 Steering Differential and Brake - Assemble. . 123
Track Roller - Install.................... .................... 24 Steering Differential and Brake - Assemble. . 130
Track - Separate ....................... ...................... 25 Final Drive, Steering Differential, and Brake (Left
Track - Disassemble.................... ................... 27 Side) - Install ........................ ....................... 139
Track - Assemble...................... ...................... 29 Brake (Left Side) - Disassemble.......... ......... 141
Track - Connect ....................... ....................... 32 Brake (Left Side) - Assemble............ ............ 142
Sprocket Segment - Remove and Install .... .... 34 Power Train Oil Filter - Remove.......... .......... 143
Recoil Spring - Remove................. ................. 35 Power Train Oil Filter - Install............ ............ 144
Recoil Spring - Install................... ................... 39 Power Train Oil Pump - Remove ......... ......... 145
Track Adjuster - Remove ................ ................ 43 Power Train Oil Pump - Disassemble...... ..... 146
Track Adjuster - Disassemble............. ............ 43 Power Train Oil Pump - Assemble........ ........ 148
Track Adjuster - Assemble............... ............... 44 Power Train Oil Pump - Install ........... ........... 150
Track Adjuster - Install .................. .................. 44 Priority Valve - Remove ................ ................ 151
Track Roller Frame (Front) - Remove....... ...... 45 Priority Valve - Disassemble............. ............ 151
Track Roller Frame (Front) - Install......... ........ 48 Priority Valve - Assemble............... ............... 153
Track Roller Frame - Remove............. ............ 50 Priority Valve - Install .................. .................. 155
Track Roller Frame - Disassemble ......... ........ 54 Torque Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Track Roller Frame - Assemble ........... ........... 59 Remove ........................... ........................... 155
Track Roller Frame - Install............... .............. 64 Torque Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Idler - Remove ........................ ........................ 67 Disassemble ........................ ....................... 156
Idler - Disassemble..................... .................... 68 Torque Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Idler - Assemble....................... ....................... 69 Assemble .......................... .......................... 156
Idler - Install .......................... .......................... 72 Torque Converter Outlet Relief Valve - Install 157
Equalizer Bar Pads - Remove ............ ............ 72 Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve -
Equalizer Bar Pads - Install .............. .............. 73 Remove ........................... ........................... 157
Equalizer Bar - Remove................. ................. 74 Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve -
Equalizer Bar - Remove................. ................. 77 Disassemble ........................ ....................... 159
Equalizer Bar - Disassemble ............. ............. 80 Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve -
Equalizer Bar - Assemble ................ ............... 81 Assemble .......................... .......................... 162
Equalizer Bar - Install................... ................... 84 Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve -
Equalizer Bar - Install................... ................... 86 Install.............................. ............................. 166
Pivot Shaft - Remove and Install .......... .......... 88 Main Drive Shaft - Remove and Install ..... .... 168
Final Drive Planetary Carrier (In Chassis) - Torque Divider - Remove............... ............... 168
Remove ............................ ............................ 90 Torque Divider - Disassemble............ ........... 170
Final Drive Planetary Carrier (In Chassis) - Torque Divider - Assemble ............. .............. 175
Install............................... .............................. 92 Torque Divider - Install ................. ................. 182
Final Drive, Steering Planetary, and Brake (Right Transmission Planetary - Remove........ ........ 183
Side) - Remove....................... ...................... 94 Transmission Planetary - Install.......... .......... 186
Steering Planetary and Brake - Disassemble. 95 Transmission and Bevel Gears - Remove.. .. 187
Steering Planetary and Brake - Assemble... ... 98 Transmission and Bevel Gears - Install .... .... 190
Final Drive, Steering Planetary, and Brake (Right Brake Control Valve - Remove ........... .......... 193
Side) - Install ........................ ....................... 102 Brake Control Valve - Disassemble ....... ....... 193
Brake Control Valve - Assemble.......... ......... 194
4 SENR8327
Table of Contents

Brake Control Valve - Install ............ ............. 195


Axle - Remove and Install............... .............. 196
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Separate.. . 198
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Connect.. .. 198
Bevel and Transfer Gears - Disassemble... .. 199
Bevel and Transfer Gears - Assemble..... ..... 205
Transmission - Disassemble ............ ............ 212
Transmission - Assemble ............... .............. 223
Pivot Shaft Seals - Remove............. ............. 235
Pivot Shaft Seals - Install............... ............... 237

Index Section

Index............................... .............................. 240

Accidental machine starting can cause injury or


death to personnel working on the machine.
To avoid accidental machine starting, turn the
battery disconnect switch to the OFF position
and remove the key. If the machine is not
equipped with a battery disconnect switch,
disconnect the battery cables from the battery
and tape the battery clamps.
Place a do not operate tag at the battery
disconnect switch location to inform personnel
that the machine is being worked on.
SENR8327 5
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Disassembly and Assembly Correct Assembly of Conventional Duo-


Cone Seals
Section
i03251187

Duo-Cone Conventional Seals -


Install
SMCS Code: 7561-012-SA; 7561-016

Assembly and Installation of


Conventional Duo-Cone Seals
This instruction provides the procedure for
assembling and installing conventional Duo-Cone
Seals.
When the Duo-Cone Seals are installed and
assembled, you must use the correct procedures.
The Duo-Cone Seal may fail from one or more
mistakes that are made during assembly or during
installation of the seal components.
Reference: Special Instruction, SEHS8484, Tool and
Specification Chart for Conventional Duo-Cone Seals Illustration 1 g00446486
(1) Seal ring
Required Tools (2) Rubber toric ring
(3) Housing retaining lip
(4) Housing ramp
Use the tools in Table 1 in order to correctly measure (5) Seal ring housing
the spacing of the Duo-Cone Seals after the seals (6) Seal ring face
are installed. (7) Seal ring ramp
Table 1 (8) Seal ring retaining lip
(9) Installation tool
Required Tools

Item Part Number Description Qty Assembly and Installation Procedure


10 6V-3075 Dial Indicator 1
11 6V-6167 Contact Point 1

12 3P-1565 Collet Assembly 1

13 165-8958 Dial Indicator Base 1 Avoid prolonged skin contact with isopropyl alco-
hol. Avoid breathing the vapors in enclosed areas
without adequate ventilation and do not smoke.
Isopropyl alcohol is flammable. Do not use near
open flame, welding operations, or around heated
surfaces exceeding 482°C (900°F).

1. Remove any film, dust or other foreign matter from


the following components:

• Rubber toric ring (2)

• Housing ramp (4)

• Seal ring ramp (7)

• Housing retaining lip (3)

• Seal ring retaining lip (8)

• Seal ring housing (5)


6 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Note: Seal rings have very sharp edges. Protective


gloves should be worn in order to prevent injury.
Use isopropyl alcohol or other approved cleaning
agents. Use a clean lint free cloth for wiping. All
components should be completely dry before
proceeding.
Note: Never permit oil to contact rubber toric ring (2),
housing ramp (4) or seal ring ramp (7) before both
seal rings (1) are assembled in the final position.

Illustration 4 g00534621
Use towels or a mat (A) that is made of foam in order
to aid in the installation of toric ring (2).

4. Use Tooling (9) to install rubber toric ring (2) on


seal ring (1). Lightly dampen the lower half of
rubber toric ring (2) with an appropriate lubricant.
Refer to the “Acceptable Lubricants for Assembly”
in this publication for additional information. Use
the following procedure in order to dampen the
rubber toric ring:
Illustration 2 g00534617

• Wipe the seal with a lint free cloth.

• Place towels or a mat that is made of foam at


the bottom of a container. Soak the towels or
the mat with the lubricant. Dip the rubber toric
seal in the container.

Note: Periodically inspect the installation tool for


damage. If necessary, replace the installation tool .

Illustration 3 g00446488

2. Put rubber toric ring (2) on seal ring (1). Make sure
that the rubber toric ring is positioned at the bottom
of seal ring ramp (7). The rubber toric ring must
rest against retaining lip (8). The rubber toric ring
must be straight in the seal ring. The rubber toric
ring must not be twisted.

Note: Be careful when you are working on the rubber


toric ring. Nicks, cuts or scratches may cause leaks.

3. Refer to Special Instruction, SEHS8484, Tool and


Specification Chart for Conventional Duo-Cone
Seals in order to select the proper installation tool.
SENR8327 7
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 6 g00534720
(B) Assembled height
(10) Dial indicator
(11) Contact point
(12) Collet assembly
(13) Dial indicator base (plastic)

Illustration 5 g00534622 6. Check assembled height (B) at four locations that


are 90 degrees from each other. Use a calibrated
5. Make sure that the lower half of rubber toric ring (2) 6V-3075 Dial Indicator and the related tools in
is still wet. Use Tooling (9) in order to position seal Table 1 in order to measure the assembled height.
ring (1) and rubber toric ring (2) squarely against The difference in height must not exceed 1.0 mm
seal ring housing (5). Make sure that you use (0.04 inch). Refer to Illustration 6 .
sudden pressure and even pressure when you
press a toric ring that has a small diameter. Press
rubber toric ring (2) under housing retaining lip (3)
that is part of seal ring housing (5). Use the
following procedure in order to install a rubber toric
ring that has a large diameter:

• Push the rubber toric ring over the seal ring


retaining lip on one side.

• Tap the installation tool with a rubber mallet on


the opposite side of the rubber toric ring. Tap
until the rubber toric ring is past the seal ring
retaining lip of the housing.

Illustration 7 g00446492

7. Do not adjust the seal ring (1) by pushing on the


seal ring or by pulling on the seal ring. Use Tooling
(9) in order to push down on the seal.
8 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 8 g00446493

Illustration 10 g00446495

9. Wipe seal ring face (6) that is part of seal rings (1)
by using a lint free cloth. No particles of any kind
are permissible on the sealing surfaces. A small
piece of paper from a paper towel can force apart
the seal ring face, which will cause a leak.

Note: Rubber toric ring (2) must never slip on the


ramps of seal ring (1) or the ramps of seal ring
housing (5). In order to prevent slippage, allow
adequate time for evaporation of the lubricant before
proceeding with the procedure. Once the rubber toric
ring is correctly positioned, the rubber toric ring must
roll only on the ramps.

Illustration 9 g00446494
Examples of incorrect assembly

8. Rubber toric ring (2) may twist during installation if


the seal is not completely wet or if there are burrs
or fins on housing retaining lip (3) that is part of
seal ring housing (5). Misalignments, twists and
bulges of the rubber toric ring will cause Duo-Cone
Seal failures. If correct installation is not obvious,
remove the toric ring from the housing and repeat
the installation procedure.
SENR8327 9
Disassembly and Assembly Section

12. Tighten the bolts after the components are in the


correct position.

Acceptable Lubricants for Assembly

Avoid prolonged skin contact with isopropyl alco-


hol. Avoid breathing the vapors in enclosed areas
without adequate ventilation and do not smoke.
Isopropyl alcohol is flammable. Do not use near
open flame, welding operations, or around heated
surfaces exceeding 482°C (900°F).
Illustration 11 g00534623

Note: Do not use any liquid that leaves an oil film. Do


10. Apply a thin film of clean oil on the entire seal ring not use any liquid that does not evaporate quickly. All
face of one or both seals. Use a lint free cloth or of the guidelines for safety and all of the guidelines for
brush in order to distribute the oil evenly. Be disposal must be followed when you use a flammable
careful not to get any oil on the rubber toric rings. liquid. The following liquids are acceptable lubricants
Lubricate the seal faces by using the same oil that for assembly:
was used during assembly. Dye may have been
• Quaker Solvo Clean 68-0
used in the oil that was used during assembly. Use
the same kind of oil without dye in order to • Houghto-Grind 60 CT
lubricate the seal faces.
• Isopropyl alcohol
Some seal kits come with silicone toric rings. Silicone
toric rings can be chilled for easier installation. This
will allow the toric ring to contract for easier
installation.
Seals should be placed in a freezer for 5 minutes.
Temperature in the freezer should be between −40°C
(−40°F) to −18°C (0°F). Chilling should be done prior
to installation. Contraction will be sufficient to allow
installation. The seals should be allowed to warm to
room temperature prior to further assembly.

Result of Incorrect Assembly

Illustration 12 g00446497

11. Make sure that both seal ring housings (5) are in
correct alignment and that the seal ring housings
are concentric. Move the parts slowly and move
the parts carefully toward each other.

Note: Do not force the seal ring and the seal ring Illustration 13 g00446498
housing together in a sudden manner. The seal
component could be scratched or the seal component The slipping of the rubber toric ring on the housing
could be broken if the components are slammed ramp or on the seal ring ramp may result in uneven
together. pressure on the seal face. Uneven pressure on the
seal face causes galling, scoring, and leakage.
10 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

If the rubber toric ring slips at one location but not all i01488231
the way around the seal ring, the toric ring will twist.
The twisted toric ring could be cocked. Seals that are
Duo-Cone Inverted Seals -
cocked will cause uneven pressure on the seal face. Install
Seals that are cocked may also cause possible
galling, scoring, and leakage. SMCS Code: 7561-012-SA

The twisted toric ring could oscillate when the ring is Assembly and Installation of
rotated. Seals that oscillate may allow dirt into the
seal joint. This is caused by the pumping action that Inverted Duo-Cone Seals
is created by the toric ring that is oscillating.
This instruction provides the procedure for
assembling and installing inverted Duo-Cone Seals.
When the Duo-Cone Seals are installed and
assembled, you must use the correct procedures.
The Duo-Cone Seal may fail from one or more
mistakes that are made during assembly or during
installation of the seal components.

Reference: Special Instruction, SEHS8974, Tool and


Specification Chart for Inverted Duo-Cone Seals

Correct Assembly of Inverted Duo-Cone


Seals

Illustration 14 g00446499

Illustration 14 shows a toric ring that is assembled


incorrectly. The upper housing is stationary. The
lower housing is rotating.

Illustration 15 g00446500

Illustration 16 g00389812
Illustration 15 shows the same seal after the lower
housing has rotated 180 degrees. In this position, (1) Shaft
there will be high pressure at point (B) and at point (2) Shaft seal ring
(X). These points of high pressure may result in (3) Rubber toric ring
(4) Toric stabilizer
galling of the toric rings. There will be low pressure at (5) Shaft ramp
point (A) and at point (Y) which will result in possible (6) Seal ring retaining lip
leakage. (7) Seal ring ramp
(8) Seal ring face
(9) Installation tool
SENR8327 11
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 18 g00389814

Illustration 17 g00389813
(10) Retainer
(11) Retainer seal ring
(12) Rubber O-ring

Illustration 19 g00389815
Assembly and Installation Procedure
1. Put rubber toric ring (3) on shaft seal ring (2). Make
1. Remove all oil film, all dust or other foreign material sure that the rubber toric ring is positioned at the
from the following components: bottom of seal ring ramp (7) and that the rubber
toric ring is resting against retaining lip (6). The
• Rubber toric ring (3) rubber toric ring must be straight in the shaft seal
ring. The rubber toric ring must not be twisted.
• Shaft ramp (5)
Note: Be careful when you are working on the rubber
• Seal ring ramp (7) toric ring. Nicks, cuts, or scratches may cause leaks.
• Seal ring retaining lip (6)
Use isopropyl alcohol or other approved lubricants
for assembly. Use a clean lint free cloth for wiping.
All components should be completely dry prior to
proceeding.

Note: Never permit oil to contact the following


components before the shaft seal ring and the
retainer seal ring is assembled in the final position:

• Rubber toric ring (3)

• Shaft ramp (5)

• Seal ring ramp (7)


Illustration 20 g00389816

2. Put toric stabilizer (4) on shaft (1).


12 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 21 g00389817
Refer to “Alternate Methods for Installation of the
Shaft Seal Ring” section in this publication for
additional information.
(A) Towels

3. Refer to Special Instruction, SEHS8974, Tool and


Specification Chart for Inverted Duo-Cone Seals in
order to select the proper installation tool. Hold
installation tool (9) with shaft seal ring (2) and
rubber toric ring (3).
Note: Lubricating the shaft seal ring for installation is
not recommended. However, lubricant may be used. Illustration 22 g00389818
Refer to “Alternate Methods for Installation of the
Shaft Seal Ring” section in this publication for
additional information.
Note: Do not use any liquid that leaves an oil film. Do
not use any liquid that does not evaporate quickly.

Illustration 23 g00389819

Note: If lubricant for assembly is used, all surfaces of


rubber toric ring (3) must remain wet during
installation.
4. Use installation tool (9) to position shaft seal ring
(2) and rubber toric ring (3) squarely on the shaft.
See Illustration 22 and Illustration 23 .
SENR8327 13
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 24 g00389820 Illustration 26 g00389822

5. Check assembled height (B) at four locations that 7. Rubber toric ring (3) may twist if the ring is not
are 90 degrees from each other. The difference in completely wet. Rubber toric ring (3) may twist
height around the ring must not exceed 0.8 mm during installation if there are burrs or fins on shaft
(.03 inch). Check assembled height (B) by using a (1). Misalignments, twists, and bulges of the rubber
caliper, a calibrated ruler or any other calibrated toric ring will cause Duo-Cone Seal failures. If
measuring device. correct installation is not obvious, remove the seal
from the shaft and repeat the installation
procedure.

Illustration 25 g00389821

6. Do not push on shaft seal ring (2) or pry on shaft


seal ring (2) in order to make small adjustments.
Use installation tool (9) in order to push down on
the seal. Use your fingers to uniformly pull up
rubber toric ring (3) and shaft seal ring (2).
14 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 29 g00389825
Illustration 27 g00389823
8. Rubber toric ring (3) must never slip on the ramps
of either shaft seal ring (2) or shaft (1). Allow an
adequate amount of time for evaporation of the
lubricant. Allow time for evaporation before
proceeding with the procedure. This will prevent
slippage. Once rubber toric ring (3) is correctly in
place, the rubber toric ring must roll only on the
ramps.

Illustration 28 g00389824

Illustration 30 g00389826
Correct installation
Refer to “Results of Incorrect Assembly” section in
this publication for additional information.

9. Put O-ring (12) on seal ring (11) that is for the


retainer.
SENR8327 15
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 31 g00389827 Illustration 33 g00389829

11. Check assembled height (C) with a depth gauge


at four locations that are 90 degrees from each
other. The difference in height around the ring must
not exceed 0.6 mm (.02 inch).

Illustration 32 g00389828

10. Lubricate rubber O-ring (12) for easier assembly


into retainer (10). Refer to “Acceptable Lubricants
for Assembling the Retainer Seal Ring” section in
this publication for additional information. Use
installation tool (9) and a press in order to insert
retainer seal ring (11) and rubber O-ring (12) into
retainer (10). Insert retainer seal ring (11) until the
ring rests against the bottom of the bore that is in
retainer (10).
Note: Do not use too much lubricant. Make sure that
the lubricant does not contact shaft ramp (5) or make
contact with rubber toric ring (3) during assembly.
16 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 34 g00389830 Illustration 36 g00389872

13. Apply a thin film of clean oil on the entire seal ring
face of one or both seals. Use a lint free cloth or
brush in order to distribute the oil evenly. Be
careful not to get any oil on the rubber toric ring.
Lubricate the seal faces by using the same oil that
was used during assembly. Dye may have been
used in the oil that was used during assembly. Use
the same kind of oil without dye in order to
lubricate the seal faces.

Illustration 35 g00389831

12. Wipe seal ring face (8) of shaft seal ring (2) and
wipe seal ring face (8) of retainer seal ring (11).
Use a clean lint free cloth. No particles of any kind
are permissible on the sealing surfaces. A small
piece of paper from a paper towel can force apart
the seal ring face, which will cause a leak.

Illustration 37 g00389873

14. Select correct alignment sleeve (14). Make sure


that O-ring (15) is installed in retainer (10). Insert
alignment sleeve (14) into the bores of retainer
(10) and retainer seal ring (11). Slip the assembly
over shaft (1). Carefully move and slowly move
alignment sleeve (14), retainer (10) and seal ring
(11) to the final position.
SENR8327 17
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Note: Do not force the retainer and the retainer seal • Isopropyl alcohol
ring together in a sudden manner. The seal
component could be scratched or the seal component • Water that contains 15 PPM rust preventive can be
could be broken if the components are slammed used. Use this water with a hydraulic press that is
together. designed to install the retainer seal ring and the
installation tool. A rate of travel that is 12.7 mm
15. Tighten the bolts after the components are in the (.50 inch) per second with a maximum force of
correct position. 1779 N (400 lb) is adequate to assemble the
retainer seal ring. The seal face should be wiped
16. Remove alignment sleeve (14). so that the seal face is clean prior to further
assembly. Use a lint free cloth to wipe the seal
Alternate Methods for Installation of the face.

Shaft Seal Ring • Quaker Solvo Clean 68-0 or PF

The shaft seal ring may be installed without a Note: The shaft seal or any other toric ring should not
lubricant. Refer to Step 4 for the procedure to use the be cleaned with Quaker Solvo Clean 68-0 or PF.
installation tool in order to position the shaft seal ring
and the rubber toric ring squarely on the shaft. Refer Results of Incorrect Assembly
to Step 5 for dry assembly of the rubber toric ring that
is for the shaft. Dry assembly is approved for the shaft
seal only.
The shaft seal ring may be installed by using
isopropyl alcohol as a lubricant for assembly. If
isopropyl alcohol is used, the following conditions
must be met:

• All guidelines for safety and guidelines for disposal


that are for flammable liquids must be followed.
• Use a lint free cloth in order to wipe the rubber toric
ring with the proper lubricant. You may dip the
rubber toric ring in a container that has towels that
are saturated with the lubricant for assembly.

• Time for sufficient drying must be available.


Illustration 38 g00389874
Isopropyl alcohol needs at least ten minutes in
order to dry. Allow the isopropyl alcohol to dry prior Incorrect assembly
to further assembly. You may need to decrease the
time that is needed for drying the isopropyl alcohol The slipping of the rubber toric ring on the shaft ramp
or on the seal ring ramp may result in uneven
if there is not enough available time. Use
pressure on the seal face. Uneven pressure on the
compressed air that is dry and filtered in order to seal face causes galling, scoring and leakage.
dry the shaft seal ring. Do not use more than
69 kPa (10.0 psi) in order to blow dry the shaft
seal area.

Note: Do not use any liquid that leaves an oil film. Do


not use any liquid that does not evaporate quickly.

Acceptable Lubricants for Assembling


the Retainer Seal Ring
Note: Do not use too much lubricant. Never permit
the lubricant to contact shaft ramp (5) or rubber toric
ring (3) during assembly.
The following liquids are acceptable lubricants for
assembly: Illustration 39 g00389875
Incorrect assembly
18 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

If the retainer seal ring is cocked during the assembly i05281461


of the rubber toric ring, the rubber toric ring will be
cocked. A rubber toric ring that is cocked will oscillate
as the ring is rotated. Seals that are cocked may
Track Roller - Remove
cause uneven pressure on the seal face. The uneven SMCS Code: 4180-011
pressure on the seal face may cause galling, scoring
and leakage. Seals that oscillate may allow dirt into Removal Procedure
the seal joint. This is caused by the pumping action
that is created by the toric ring that is oscillating. Table 2
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A FT-2213 Strap 1
Group

B 183-4799 Track Roller Lifting Fork 1

Start By:
Loosen the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Separate”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Separate in this module.
Illustration 40 g00389876
Incorrect assembly

Illustration 40 shows a toric ring that is assembled


incorrectly. The shaft and the lower rubber toric ring is
stationary. The retainer and the upper rubber toric
ring are rotating. Note the positions of points (A), (B),
(X) and (Y).

Illustration 42 g00617904

1. Install Tooling (A) as shown in Illustration 42 .

2. Raise the side of the machine.

Illustration 41 g00389877
Incorrect assembly

Illustration 41 shows the same rubber toric ring after


the retainer seal ring and the shaft seal ring have
rotated 180 degrees. In this position, there will be
high pressure at point (A) and at point (Y). These
points of high pressure may result in galling of the
shaft seal ring and the retainer seal ring. There will be
low pressure at point (B) and at point (X) which will
result in possible leakage.
SENR8327 19
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022177

Track Roller - Disassemble


SMCS Code: 4180-015

Disassembly Procedure
Start By:
Remove the track roller. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track Roller -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Track
Roller - Remove in this module.

Note: Cleanliness is an important factor. Before the


Illustration 43 g00617906 disassembly procedure, the exterior of the track roller
should be thoroughly cleaned in order to prevent
3. Remove track guide (1) from the outside of the contamination of the internal mechanism.
major bogie.

Illustration 46 g00523319

Illustration 44 g00617907
1. Use a hammer and a punch to drive the plugs out
of stoppers (2).
4. Install Tooling (B) and a hoist on the track roller.
See Illustration 44 . 2. Use a variable speed drill and a 12.7 mm
5. Remove bolts (3) and caps (2). (0.5 inch) drill bit to remove the stopper from both
ends of the shaft.
3. Remove bolts (3) and retainer (1) from both sides
of the track roller.

Illustration 45 g00617908

6. Use Tooling (B) and a hoist to remove track roller


(4) from the minor bogie. The approximate weight
of track rollers (4) are 95 kg (209 lb).
20 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 47 g00523380 Illustration 49 g00523386

4. Remove O-ring seals (5) from retainers (1). 8. Pull shaft (8) out of track roller (9) until a hoist can
be installed on shaft (8).
Note: Mark the Duo-Cone seals so the seals can be
aligned and installed correctly in the assembly Note: Shaft (8) weighs 22 kg (49 lb).
procedure. 9. Use a hoist to remove shaft (8) from track roller (9).
5. Remove Duo-Cone seal (4) from retainer (1).
Remove the O-ring seal from the seal ring. i01022178

Track Roller - Assemble


SMCS Code: 4180-016

Assembly Procedure
Table 3
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


1U-8840 Seal Installer 1
A
8T-0534 Gauge 1

B FT-1028 Sleeve 1

Illustration 48 g00523383 C 5P-7419 Plug Installer 1

D FT-0575 Test Tool 1


Note: Early track rollers do not have toric stabilizer
(7). E 8T-5096 Dial Indicator 1
6. Remove Duo-Cone seal (6) and toric stabilizer (7)
from shaft (8). Reference: See the procedure in Disassembly and
Assembly, “Duo-Cone Conventional Seals -
7. Remove the toric ring from seal ring (6). Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Duo-Cone
Conventional Seals - Install in this module before you
assemble the track rollers.
Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
“Track Rollers”Specifications, Track Rollers in the
Service Manual for your machine.

1. Clean the components. Inspect the components for


wear and for damage. Replace any worn
components or any damaged components.
SENR8327 21
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 50 g00523386 Illustration 52 g00523420

4. Install toric ring (10) in seal ring (6). Make sure that
NOTICE
Follow this step carefully to avoid damage to the com- the toric ring is straight in seal ring (6).
ponents during assembly.

Note: The shaft weighs 22 kg (49 lb).


2. Fasten a hoist to shaft (8). Carefully install the shaft
in track roller (9).

Illustration 53 g00617726

5. Use tool (A) to install the toric ring and seal ring (6)
on shaft (8). Install the ring until tool (A) makes
contact with the end of the shaft.

Illustration 51 g00523416

Note: Early track rollers have no toric stabilizers (7).


3. Install toric stabilizers (7) on both ends of shaft (8).
Reference: See the procedure in Disassembly and
Assembly, “Duo-Cone Conventional Seals -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Duo-Cone
Conventional Seals - Install in this module.
22 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 54 g00523424 Illustration 56 g00523513

6. Use a depth micrometer (11) to measure the 10. Lubricate the O-ring seal on the seal ring with
distance between seal ring (6) and the shaft. isopropyl alcohol.
Measure the distance at four locations that are
separated by 90 degrees. The difference in these 11. Position the O-ring seal and seal ring (4) in
measurements must not be more than 0.8 mm retainer (1). Use tool (A) to install the seal ring in
(0.0315 inch). the retainer. Install the O-ring seal and seal ring (4)
until the O-ring seal makes contact with the bottom
7. If adjustments to seal ring (6) are necessary, use of the retainer.
tool (A) to adjust the seal ring on the shaft.
12. Use depth micrometer (11) to measure the
8. Repeat Steps 5 through 7 for installation of the toric distance from the surface of the retainer to the
ring. Also, install the seal ring on the other side of surface of seal ring (4). Measure the distance at
the track roller. four locations that are separated by 90 degrees.
The difference in these measurements must not be
more than 0.08 mm (0.0315 inch).

13. If adjustments to the seal ring are necessary, use


tool (A) to adjust the seal ring in the retainer.

Illustration 55 g00523512

9. Install O-ring seal (12) on seal ring (4). Make sure


that the O-ring seal is straight on the seal ring.

Illustration 57 g00523515

14. Position O-ring seal (5) in the groove in retainer


(1).

15. Apply petroleum jelly or grease to the O-ring seal.


The petroleum jelly or grease will hold the seal in
place on the retainers.
SENR8327 23
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 58 g00523519 Illustration 60 g00523536

16. Make sure that the faces of the seal rings are 22. Apply clean oil to stopper (2). Install the stopper in
clean and free of any foreign material. one end of shaft (8). Install the stopper 7 ± 7 mm
(0.275 ± 0.275 inch) below the surface of the end
17. Apply clean oil to the contacting surfaces of the of the shaft.
seal rings.
23. Use tool (C) to install the plug in stopper (2).
18. Position tool (B) in the bore of retainer (1) and of Install the plug even with the end of the stopper.
the seal ring. Use tool (B) to install the retainer and
the seal ring in the original positions on the track 24. Use tool (D) to pressure test the track roller by the
roller. following steps:

a. Use dry air to pressurize the track roller to


280 kPa (40 psi).

b. Observe the pressure reading of the track


roller. The pressure should remain constant for
ten seconds. A reduction in pressure in ten
seconds or less indicates a leak in the track
roller. If the reading indicates that a leak exists,
disassemble the track roller. Inspect the seals
on the track roller.

Illustration 59 g00523534

19. Use tool (B) to hold the seal ring and retainer (1)
in the correct position, and install bolts (3). Tighten
the bolts evenly in order to keep the retainer in
alignment with the track roller.

20. Tighten the 3/8 inch twelve point bolts to a torque


of 55 ± 10 N·m (41 ± 7 lb ft). If equipped, tighten
the 1/2 inch bolts with hex heads to a torque of
135 ± 15 N·m (100 ± 11 lb ft).
Illustration 61 g00523541
21. Repeat Steps 11 through 20 in order to install the
retainer on the other side of the track roller. 25. Use tool (E) to check the end play of shaft (8).
The end play must be 0.31 to 1.21 mm
(0.012 to 0.048 inch).

26. Fill track roller shaft (8) with 0.50 ± 0.015 L


(17 ± 0.5 oz) of SAE 30 oil.
24 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

27. Apply clean oil to the stopper. Install the stopper


in the end of shaft (8). Install the stopper 7 ± 7 mm
(0.275 ± 0.275 inch) below the surface of the end
of the shaft.
28. Use tool (C) to install the plug in the stopper.
Install the plug even with the end of the stopper.
End By:
Install the track roller. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track Roller -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Track
Roller - Install in this module.

Illustration 63 g00617907
i05281516

Track Roller - Install 2. Align the dowel in caps (2) with the holes in the
track roller shaft.
SMCS Code: 4180-012
3. Install caps (2) and bolts (3).
Installation Procedure 4. Tighten bolts (3) to a torque of 750 ± 70 N·m
Table 4 (550 ± 50 lb ft).
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A FT-2213 Strap 1
Group

B 183-4799 Track Roller Lifting Fork 1

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Track Rollers”Specifications, Track Rollers in the
Service Manual for your machine.

Illustration 64 g00617906

5. Position track guide (1) on the major bogie.

6. Install the bolts in track guide (1).

7. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 475 ± 50 N·m


(350 ± 37 lb ft).

8. Lower the machine to the ground.

Illustration 62 g00617908

Note: The track roller weighs approximately 95 kg


(209 lb).
1. Use Tooling (B) and a hoist to position track roller
(4) in the minor bogie.
SENR8327 25
Disassembly and Assembly Section

The machine must be on a level, hard surface be-


fore a separation of the track is made. Any time a
separation of both tracks is made, the machine
must have blocks correctly positioned so the ma-
chine will not move.

Illustration 65 g00617904

9. Remove Tooling (A).


End By:
Adjust the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Connect”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Connect in this module.
Illustration 66 g00617932

i01294502
1. Remove track adjuster cover (1).
Track - Separate 2. Remove the O-ring seal from track adjuster cover
SMCS Code: 4170-076 (1).

Separation Procedure
Table 5
Required Tools Grease is under high pressure.
Tool Part Number Description Qty Grease coming out of the relief valve under pres-
FT-2213 Strap 1 sure can penetrate the body causing injury or
Group death.
Do not watch the relief valve to see if grease is es-
A 8S-4755 Bolt (1 inch by 14 by 1 1/2 inch) 4 caping. Watch the track or track adjustment cylin-
der to see if the track is being loosened.
6B-9194 Bolt (1 inch by 14 by 3 inch) 2
Loosen the relief valve only one turn.
3K-5234 Washer (6 mm by 49 mm) 18

3. Use the following procedure to loosen the track:

Personal injury can result from performing serv-


ice on the track roller frame.
Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS8273 for in-
spection and removal procedures before perform-
ing any service.
26 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Note: The master track shoe weighs 28 kg (62 lb).


7. Remove four bolts (5) and master track shoe (6).

Illustration 67 g00617934

a. Turn relief valve (2) counterclockwise by one


turn in order to release the grease from the Illustration 69 g00617936
track adjuster. If the track does not loosen,
proceed to Step 3.b.. 8. Separate master link (7).

b. Rotate fill valve (3) counterclockwise by one


turn in order to release the grease from the
track adjuster. If the track does not loosen,
start the machine and move the machine
forward and backward. If the track does not
loosen, proceed to Step 3.c..

c. Install a piece of round bar stock between the


bushing and sprocket inside the track links.
Start the machine and move the machine
backward in order to push the track upward
with the round bar stock. The track adjuster
should move inward.

Illustration 70 g00619608

Personal injury can result from the track coming


off of the roller frame.
The track can move off the track roller frame very
quickly when a separation of the track is made.
Keep away from the front of the machine when
the track is removed from the track roller frame.

9. Attach a chain to the end of the track and to a


Illustration 68 g00617935
wheel loader or to a similar machine. Rotate the
final drive forward and allow track (8) to fall forward
4. Move the track until the master link is just above as the wheel loader or the similar machine is
the centerline of rear idler (4). moved forward.

5. Position wood blocks under the grouser just below


the master link.
6. Move the track backward until the grouser contacts
the wood blocks solidly.
SENR8327 27
Disassembly and Assembly Section

1. Mark the track pin for removal. Position the track


with this track pin between the front idler and the
sprocket.

Illustration 71 g00617966

Note: Raising the machine releases the pressure


from the bogie pads. Raise the machine before
installing tool (A). Illustration 72 g00619723
10. Raise the side of the machine 25 mm (1 inch) in
order to install tool (A). 2. Position blocks (3) under the front of the track.

11. Install tool (A). 3. Position blocks (2) under the track.

4. Release the pressure in the track adjuster. See the


Note: The track weighs 2600 kg (5730 lb). procedure in Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
12. Raise the side of the machine and remove the Separate”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
track. Separate in this module.

i02872867 5. Position tool (A) on the track. See Illustration 72 .


Use tool (A) to hold the track in position when the
Track - Disassemble track pins are removed.
SMCS Code: 4170-015 6. Remove the bolts.

Disassembly Procedure Note: The track shoe weighs 28 kg (62 lb).


Table 6 7. Use two persons in order to remove four track
Required Tools shoes (1).

Tool Part Number Part Description Qty


A 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1
9U-6600 Manual Pump 1

150-6624 Track Tool Arrangement 1


B
6V-4103 Forcing Pin 1

8T-5133 Receiver 1
C 2S-8215 Guide Pin 2
9U-6600 Manual Pump 1
D
6V-3170 Hydraulic Cylinder 1

9U-6600 Manual Pump 1

150-6624 Track Tool Arrangement 1 Illustration 73 g00619711

E 6V-4103 Forcing Pin 1


8. Attach a hoist to tool (B). Position tool (B) against
6V-4105 Bushing Driver 1 the track pin.
6V-4107 Bushing Adapter 1 9. Use tool (B) to push track pin out of the track.
28 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

10. Install tool (C) in order to hold the track together


until the other track pin is removed.

11. Position tool (B) against track pin (4).

12. Push track pin (4) out of the track and install tool
(C).

13. Remove tool (B) from the track.

Illustration 75 g00619727

20. Position tool (D) between links (8) and (9).

21. Use tool (D) to force apart the links enough to


remove link assembly (10).

Note: The link assembly weighs 23 kg (51 lb).


22. Attach a hoist to link assembly (10).
Illustration 74 g00619725
23. Remove tool (C) from links (8) and (9) and link
14. Position tool (D) between links (5) and (6). assembly (10).

15. Use tool (D) to force apart the links enough to 24. Remove link assembly (10).
move link (7) away from links (5) and (6).

16. Remove tool (C) from links (5), (6), and (7).

NOTICE
Do not damage the face of the seals when the track
links are moved apart.

17. Attach a hoist to link (7).

18. Move the link away from links (5) and (6).

19. Position a block under link (7) in order to hold link


(7) away from links (5) and (6).
Illustration 76 g00619738

25. Remove seals (11) from links (5) and (6).


SENR8327 29
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Tracks”Specifications, Tracks in the Service Manual
for your machine.
Note: Inspect all the components of the track for wear
or damage. Replace the worn components and the
damaged components. The components must be
clean and dry before assembly.

Illustration 77 g00619740

26. Position link assembly (6) in Tooling (E).

27. Use Tooling (E) to remove link (6) from the


bushing.

28. Use Tooling (E) to remove the remaining link from


the bushing.
Illustration 78 g00619713

i01022202 Note: Maintain some clearance between the link and


tool (G) at location (Y).
Track - Assemble 1. Apply SAE 90W gear oil to each end of bushing
SMCS Code: 4170-016 (12) for a minimum length of 6.5 mm (0.25 inch).

Assembly Procedure NOTICE


Table 7 Use a maximum force of 660 kN (148500 lb) when
the track is assembled.
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


2. Use tool (G) to install bushing (12) in the link.
A 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1
3. Install the bushing in the link until the bushing
C 2S-8215 Guide Pin 2
makes contact with the 6V-4108 Offset Adapter
9U-6600 Manual Pump 1 in tool (G). The track bushing must extend
D
6V-3170 Double Acting Cylinder 1 1.76 ± 0.13 mm (0.069 ± 0.005 inch) above the
surface of the link.
F 4C-8619 Seal Installer 1

9U-6600 Manual Pump 1

150-6624 Track Tool Arrangement 1

G 6V-4103 Forcing Pin 1

6V-4105 Forcing Pin 1

6V-4108 Offset Adapter 1

9U-6600 Manual Pump 1

150-6624 Track Tool Arrangement 1


H
8T-5133 Receiver 1

8T-7783 Cap 1

J 8T-3115 Track Lubricator 1

K 5P-7419 Plug Installer 1


30 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 79 g00619715 Illustration 81 g00619746


(L) Track link
4. Position link (5), bushing (12), and link (6) in tool (M) Load ring
(G). (N) Track link
(P) Track bushing
(R) Seal
5. Install tool (C) in order to align links (6) and (5). (S) Thrust ring
(T) Track pin
6. Install bushing (12) in link (5) until the bushing (X) Contacting surface
makes contact with the 6V-4108 Offset Adapter
in tool (G). The track bushing must extend NOTICE
1.76 ± 0.13 mm (0.069 ± 0.005 inch) above the Make sure there is contact at area (X) between the
surface of the link. seal and load ring.

8. Install the thrust ring in the links.

Illustration 80 g00619717

NOTICE Illustration 82 g00619747


The seal must be completely sealed in the link coun-
terbore. The load ring of the seal must make a mini- 9. Apply clean oil to stoppers (13) and install the
mum amount of contact with oil. Oil expands the load
stoppers in the track pins. The stopper must be
ring. This expansion is not desired until after
assembly. installed to a depth of 8 ± 4 mm (0.32 ± 0.16 inch)
below the surface of the track pin.

7. Use tool (F) to install seals in links (6) and (5).


SENR8327 31
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 83 g00619748 Illustration 85 g00619750

10. Position tool (D) between the track links. Use tool 15. Attach a hoist to tool (H). Position tool (H) and
(D) to force apart the links enough to install link track pin (4) on the track links.
assembly (10).

11. Attach a hoist to link assembly (10). Position the Note: The hole end of the pin must be installed on the
same side of the track for the entire length of the
link assembly and install tool (C) in order to hold
track. The oil cross hole in the pin must be within 20
the link assembly in place.
degrees of the vertical centerline of the pin bore. The
oil cross hole in the pin must be closest to the rail of
the link. The track pins are marked on the end for the
location of the oil cross hole. The pin must be
installed with a minimum amount of force in order to
obtain a maximum of 0.20 mm (0.008 inch) of end
play between the bushing and the thrust ring.
16. Use tool (H) to install track pin (4). Install track pin
(4) until the track pin extends 2.9 ± 0.8 mm
(0.11 ± 0.03 inch) beyond the link assembly.

17. Repeat Steps 15 and 16 in order to install the


remaining track pin.

Illustration 84 g00619749

12. Position tool (D) between links (5) and (6). Use
tool (D) to force apart the links enough to install
link assembly (7).

13. Attach a hoist to the link assembly. Position the


link assembly on link assembly (7).

Note: If necessary, use tool (A) to pull the track links


together until tool (C) can be installed.
14. Install tool (C) in order to hold the link assemblies
Illustration 86 g00619751
together.
Note: If the joint fails the vacuum test or the pressure
test, the joint must be disassembled and repaired.
18. Use tool (J) to evacuate the joint. Release the
button that controls the evacuation of the joint
when the maximum vacuum is reached. Observe
the gauge reading for ten to fifteen seconds. No
reduction in vacuum should be observed.
32 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

19. Press the button that controls the oil in order to fill Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
the joint with SAE 90W gear oil. Fill the joint until “Tracks”Specifications, Tracks in the Service Manual
the needle on the gauge stabilizes. Release the for your machine.
button that controls the oil and observe the gauge
reading. No pressure drop should be observed. If a
pressure drop occurs, press the button that
controls the oil for ten to fifteen seconds. Fill times
will vary for seal cavities. Oil must seep by the
small grooves in the thrust rings. Repeat the
procedure in order to fill the joint with oil until no
pressure drop is observed.

20. Press the button that controls the evacuation of


the joint and hold the button for five seconds
before removing tool (J).

21. Apply clean oil to the plug.

22. Use tool (K) to install the plug in the stopper in the Illustration 87 g00617969
end of the track pin. Install the plug in the stopper
until the plug is flush with the end of the stopper. 1. Place the track under the machine.
2. Lower the machine on the track.
Note: The track shoe weighs 28 kg (62 lb).
23. Use two persons to position the four track shoes 3. Remove tool (A).
on the track.
24. Apply clean SAE 30W oil to the washer face and
the threads of the track shoe bolts.
25. Install the track shoe bolts.
26. Tighten the track shoe bolts to a torque of
650 ± 70 N·m (480 ± 50 lb ft). Tighten the bolts by
another 1/3 turn.
End By:
Adjust the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Connect”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Connect in this module.
Illustration 88 g00619611
i01022203
4. Attach a chain to a wheel loader or a similar
Track - Connect machine and to the end of track (8). Pull track (8)
SMCS Code: 4170-077 over the front idler.

Connection Procedure
Table 8
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

FT-2213 Strap 1
Group

A 8S-4755 Bolt (1 inch by 14 by 1 1/2 inch) 4

6B-9194 Bolt (1 inch by 14 by 3 inch) 2

3K-5234 Washer (6 mm by 49 mm) 18


SENR8327 33
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 89 g00619609 Illustration 91 g00617972

5. Lift the end of the track in order to position wood 9. Position the master shoe (6) on the master link.
blocks (9) under the grouser. See Illustration 89 .
10. Apply 4C-5593 Thread Compound to bolts (5).
6. Pull the track until the bushings engage the
sprocket segments on the final drive. 11. Install bolts (5).

7. Start the machine and rotate the final drive 12. Tighten bolts (5) to a torque of 650 ± 70 N·m
backward in order to pull the track together. (480 ± 50 lb ft). Tighten the bolts by 1/3 turn more.

Illustration 90 g00617971 Illustration 92 g00617973

8. Align the lower end of master link (7) with the upper 13. Tighten relief valve (2) and fill valve (3) to a torque
end of the master link. of 34 ± 7 N·m (25 ± 5 lb ft).

Illustration 93 g00619722
Typical Example
34 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

14. Use the following procedure to adjust the track:

a. Move the machine forward for a distance that


is two times the length of the machine. Allow
the machine to come to a stop without the use
of the brakes.
b. Position a tight line on the grouser tips at the
sprocket and the front idler.

c. Measure dimension (X) from the line to the


lowest grouser tip. Fill the track adjuster with
5P-0960Molybdenum Grease until dimension
(X) is 115 ± 10 mm (4.5 ± 0.4 inch).

d. Do not tighten the track if dimension (Y) is Illustration 95 g00619594


greater than 142 mm (5.6 inch). If dimension
(Y) is greater than 142 mm (5.6 inch), the 1. Move the machine forward or backward in order to
track must be removed and reconditioned. position sprocket segment (2). See Illustration 96 .

2. Remove the five bolts, the washers, and five nuts


(1).

3. Remove sprocket segment (2).

Installation Procedure
Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
“Final Drive”Specifications, Final Drive in the Service
Manual for your machine.

Illustration 94 g00617976

15. Install the track adjuster cover and the O-ring seal
on the track roller frame.

i01022204

Sprocket Segment - Remove


and Install
SMCS Code: 4164-010 Illustration 96 g00619594

Removal Procedure 1. Apply SAE 30W oil on the threads of the bolts of
the sprocket segment.

2. Position sprocket segment (2) on the machine.

3. Install bolts, washers, and nuts (1).


Note: The heads of the bolts and the washers must
be against the final drive.

4. Tighten nuts (1) to a torque of 300 ± 50 N·m


(220 ± 37 lb ft). Tighten nuts (1) by another 1/3
turn. The final torque must be a minimum of
570 N·m (420 lb ft).
SENR8327 35
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i02082638 (Table 9, contd)


Required Tools
Recoil Spring - Remove
Tool Part Number Description Qty
SMCS Code: 4158-011
7H-7539 Nut (1 1/4 inch by 12) 1
Removal Procedure 1S-8937 Needle Valve 1
Start By: 9U-6600 Manual Pump 1

Remove the track adjuster. See the procedure in


Disassembly and Assembly, “Track Adjuster -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Track
Adjuster - Remove in this module.
Table 9 Personal injury can result from performing serv-
Required Tools ice on the track roller frame.

Tool Part Number Description Qty Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS8273 for in-
spection and removal procedures before perform-
5P-8712 Bushing 1 ing any service.
5P-8713 Plate 2

6V-0113 Cylinder 1 Note: All of the part numbers in this story are part of
Tooling (A) and Tooling (B).
6V-2168 Plate 1

FT-1408 Spacer (2 1/2 inch) 4

FT-1409 Spacer (1 inch) 4

2J-3505 Nut (7/8 inch by 9) 4

A Stud (1 1/4 inch by 12 by 29


4C-9634 1
inch)

9H-1031 Washer (6 mm by 42 mm) 4

133-9872 Pilot Assembly 1

Stud (3/4 inch by 10 to 7/8


1M-6766 4
inch by 9 by 33 inch)

7H-7539 Nut (1 1/4 inch by 12) 1


Illustration 97 g00545871
1S-8937 Needle Valve 1

9U-6600 Manual Pump 1 1. Remove eyebolt (1) that holds the cable assembly
Bar (1/2 inch by 2 inch by 24 to the front track roller frame.
18 - 1
inch)

5P-8712 Bushing 1

5P-8713 Plate 2

6V-0113 Cylinder 1

6V-2168 Plate 1

2J-3505 Nut (7/8 inch by 9) 4


B
Stud (1 1/4 inch by 12 by 29
4C-9634 1
inch)

9H-1031 Washer (6 mm by 42 mm) 4

133-9872 Pilot Assembly 1

Stud (3/4 inch by 10 to 7/8


1M-6766 4
inch by 9 by 33 inch) Illustration 98 g00545866

2. Remove four bolts (2) and two stops (3).


(continued)
36 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

NOTICE
The procedure that follows must not be used unless
Improper assembly of parts that are spring loaded four stop plates have been welded on the four open-
can cause bodily injury. ings (slots) in the 6V-2168 Plate. These plates make
a correct alignment with the 6V-2168 Plate on the
To prevent possible injury, follow the established 1M-6766 Studs. The plates also prevent movement
assembly procedure and wear protective of the studs from the openings. The dimensions of the
equipment. stop plates are 25.4 mm by 50.8 mm by 9.6 mm
(1 inch by 2 inch by 3/8 inch).

3. Install Tooling (A) in order to remove the recoil


Personal injury or death can result from a com- spring and the guide. Install the Tooling in the
pressed recoil spring being released suddenly us- following manner:
ing incorrect disassembly procedures.
a. Install 1M-6766Studs(5) in the front track roller
A recoil spring that is still held in compression frame, as shown. See Illustration 99 .
can result in the recoil spring being released un-
expectedly with extreme force which could cause b. Install 4C-9634Stud(15) in the flanged end of
serious injury or death. 133-9872Pilot Assembly(6). Install the
Make sure that the correct disassembly procedure 7H-7539Nut (not shown) in order to hold the
is used, if a front track roller frame that has a stud in position. Install the assembly in the
crack in the parent metal or weld connection (or a front track roller frame. Install the long
tubular section that has separated from the front threaded end of the stud toward the outside of
of the frame assembly) when the recoil spring is
still held in compression. the frame.

Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS8273 which c. Install 5P-8713Plate(7), 5P-8712Bushing(8),


contains the disassembly procedure that must be 6V-0113Cylinder(9), 5P-8713Plate(10), and
used to decrease the possibility of injury while 6V-2168Plate(17) on the studs.
performing service on the track roller frame.
d. Install FT-1408Spacers(11), FT-1409
Spacers(12), 9H-1031Washers(13), and
2J-3505Nuts(14) on 1M-6766Studs(5).

Personal injury can result from being struck by NOTICE


parts propelled by a released spring force. Be sure that the 9U-6600 Pump pressure line from
the head end of the 6V-0113 Cylinder is connected
Make sure to wear all necessary protective through a 1S-8937 Valve. The valve is needed to
equipment. control the pressure in order to gradually release the
Follow the recommended procedure and use all recoil spring.
recommended tooling to release the spring force.
e. Connect the 9U-6600Pump to 6V-0113
Cylinder(9). Extend the cylinder rod out of the
cylinder by approximately 114 mm (4.5 inch).

f. Fasten a hoist to Tooling (A). Be sure that the


1M-6766Studs are parallel. Also, the studs
must be the same distance from stop plates
(16) on 6V-2168Plate(17).

g. Put 133-9872Pilot Assembly(6) in the center


of recoil spring retainer (4). Tighten 2J-3505
Nuts(14) for holding the assembly in the
correct alignment.

h. Measure the distance from the plate to the


Illustration 99 g00500934 face of the front track roller frame. Measure the
Tooling (A) plate at all four corners. Make an adjustment to
2J-3505Nuts(14) so that all four corners of
6V-2168Plate(17) are the same distance from
the face of the front track roller frame.
SENR8327 37
Disassembly and Assembly Section

NOTICE
l. When the cylinder rod is near the fully
The recoil spring retainer must never be more
12.7 mm (0.5 inch) from the recoil spring while the retracted position, turn recoil spring retainer (4)
spring is being removed. Be sure that the pressure clockwise in order to hold the recoil spring and
reading on the pressure gauge of the Tooling gradu- remove the force from the cylinder rod. Retract
ally decreases during all the steps of the procedure. If the cylinder rod.
the pressure decreases suddenly and the recoil
spring has not moved approximately 230 mm (9 inch)
out of the front track roller frame, the spring guide has
not released correctly. Do not remove the recoil spring
retainer at this time. Refer to Special Instruction,
SMHS8273 before proceeding with removal of the re-
coil spring.

i. Use only enough pressure to extend the


cylinder rod enough to compress the spring so
that the recoil spring retainer can be turned.
Close the 1S-8937Valve and turn the pump
valve to the “Retract Cylinder Rod” position.

Illustration 101 g00500938


Tooling (A)

4. Install Tooling (B) in the following manner:

a. Remove 2J-3505Nuts(14), 9H-1031


Washers(13), FT-1409Spacers(12), and
FT-1408Spacers(11) from the studs.

Illustration 100 g00500936


Tooling (A)

j. Turn recoil spring retainer (4) with Tooling (18).


Turn the retainer counterclockwise in order to
move the retainer out of the front track roller
frame by 12.7 mm (0.5 inch). Slowly release
the cylinder pressure through the 1S-8937
Valve and allow the recoil spring to extend
12.7 mm (0.5 inch). Measure the distance on Illustration 102 g00500939
the cylinder rod while the cylinder rod is Tooling (B)
retracting. Close the 1S-8937Valve.

k. Turn the recoil spring retainer outward by an b. Extend 6V-0113Cylinder(9) until the cylinder
additional 12.7 mm (0.5 inch). Slowly release rod is extended by approximately 115 mm
the cylinder pressure with the 1S-8937Valve (4.5 inch) out of the cylinder.
and retract the cylinder rod by the same
c. Install 9H-1031Washers(13) and 2J-3505
distance. Close the 1S-8937Valve. Do this
Nuts(14) on the 1M-6766Studs. Measure the
procedure until the cylinder rod is 6.4 mm
plate at all four corners. Make an adjustment to
(0.25 inch) from being fully retracted.
2J-3505Nuts(14) so that all four corners of
6V-2168Plate(17) are the same distance from
the face of the front track roller frame.
38 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

d. Use bar (18) to turn recoil spring retainer (4)


counterclockwise in order to move the retainer
out of the front track roller frame by 12.7 mm
(0.5 inch). Follow the procedures from Step 3.
k..

Illustration 104 g00500962

Note: The retainer weighs 36 kg (80 lb).


5. Remove Tooling (B). Fasten a hoist to recoil spring
retainer (4) and remove the retainer.

Illustration 103 g00500960


Tooling (B)

e. When the cylinder rod is near the fully


retracted position and the recoil spring retainer
is not extended by 230 mm (9 inch) out of the
front track roller frame, make an adjustment to
2J-3505Nuts(14). Turn the nuts outward to
the ends of 1M-6766Studs(5) and extend the
cylinder rod by the same distance.

f. Measure the distance from the plate to the


face of the front track roller frame. Measure the
plate at all four corners. Make an adjustment to
Illustration 105 g00500964
2J-3505Nuts(14) so that all four corners of
6V-2168Plate(17) are the same distance from
the face of the front track roller frame.
g. Slowly release the pressure of the spring and
turn recoil spring retainer (4) outward while the
cylinder rod is retracted in steps by 12.7 mm
(0.5 inch). Follow the procedures from Step 4.
d. until the force of the spring is completely
released.

Illustration 106 g00500965

Note: The guide assembly weighs 30 kg (66 lb).


6. Attach a hoist to guide assembly (19) and remove
the guide assembly.
SENR8327 39
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Note: Tube (21) and recoil spring (20) together weigh


194 kg (427 lb).
7. Position a bar in the tube and the recoil spring, as
shown. See Illustration 107 . Use a lifting strap on
the bar next to the spring and attach a hoist to the
bar. Counterbalance the tube and the recoil spring
at the opposite end of the bar. Use the hoist to
remove tube (21) and recoil spring (20) from the
front track roller frame.

Note: The tube weighs 66 kg (145 lb).


8. Remove tube (21) from recoil spring (20).

i02082574
Illustration 107 g00500966

Recoil Spring - Install


SMCS Code: 4158-012

Installation Procedure
Table 10
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

5P-8712 Bushing 1

5P-8713 Plate 2

6V-0113 Cylinder 1

6V-2168 Plate 1
Illustration 108 g00500968 FT-1408 Spacer (2 1/2 inch) 4

FT-1409 Spacer (1 inch) 4

2J-3505 Nut (7/8 inch by 9) 4


A 4C-9634 Puller Stud 1

9H-1031 Washer (6 mm by 42 mm) 4

133-9872 Pilot Assembly 1

Stud (3/4 inch by 10 to 7/8 inch


1M-6766 4
by 9 by 33 inch)

7H-7539 Nut (1 1/4 inch by 12) 1

1S-8937 Needle Valve 1

9U-6600 Manual Pump 1

Bar (1/2 inch by 2 inch by 24


Illustration 109 g00500967 18 - 1
inch)
Typical example
5P-8712 Bushing 1

5P-8713 Plate 2
NOTICE
Do not damage the threads on the inside of the front 6V-0113 Cylinder 1
track roller frame when the recoil spring is installed. B
6V-2168 Plate 1

FT-1408 Spacer (2 1/2 inch) 4


Note: Tube (21) slides in recoil spring (20). Recoil
spring (20) must be kept level so that the spring does FT-1409 Spacer (1 inch) 4
not slide off the tube unexpectedly. If the spring slides
unexpectedly, you could drop the spring.
(continued)
40 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 10, contd)


Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

2J-3505 Nut (7/8 inch by 9) 4

4C-9634 Puller Stud 1

9H-1031 Washer (6 mm by 42 mm) 4

133-9872 Pilot Assembly 1

Stud (3/4 inch by 10 to 7/8 inch


1M-6766 4
by 9 by 33 inch)

7H-7539 Nut (1 1/4 inch by 12) 1

1S-8937 Needle Valve 1 Illustration 110 g00500967

9U-6600 Manual Pump 1 Typical example

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324, Note: The tube weighs 66 kg (145 lb).
“Recoil Group”Specifications, Recoil Group in the 1. Install tube (21) in recoil spring (20).
Service Manual for your machine.

Personal injury can result from performing serv-


ice on the track roller frame.
Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS8273 for in-
spection and removal procedures before perform-
ing any service.

Reference: For the correct assembly of Tooling (A)


and Tooling (B), see the topic Disassembly and
Assembly, “Recoil Spring - Remove”Disassembly and
Assembly, Recoil Spring - Remove in this module. All
of the part numbers in the story are part of Tooling (A)
and Tooling (B). Illustration 111 g00500968

Improper assembly of parts that are spring loaded


can cause bodily injury.
To prevent possible injury, follow the established
assembly procedure and wear protective
equipment.

Personal injury can result from being struck by


parts propelled by a released spring force.
Make sure to wear all necessary protective Illustration 112 g00500966
equipment.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all NOTICE
recommended tooling to release the spring force. Do not damage the threads on the inside of the front
track roller frame when the recoil spring is installed.
SENR8327 41
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Note: Tube (21) slides in recoil spring (20). Recoil


spring (20) must be kept level so that the spring does
not slide off the tube unexpectedly. If the spring slides
unexpectedly, you could drop the spring.

Note: Tube (21) and recoil spring (20) together weigh


194 kg (427 lb).
2. Position a bar in the tube and the recoil spring, as
shown. See Illustration 112 . Use a lifting strap on
the bar next to the spring and attach a hoist to the
bar. Counterbalance the tube and the recoil spring
at the opposite end of the bar. Use the hoist to
install tube (21) and recoil spring (20) in the front
track roller frame.
Illustration 115 g00500962

Note: The retainer weighs 36 kg (80 lb).


4. Fasten a hoist to recoil spring retainer (4) and
install the retainer. Put the retainer in position and
install the retainer as far as possible with bar (18).
See Illustration 117 . The bar stock is Tooling (18).
Approximately 230 mm (9 inch) of the recoil spring
retainer will stick out of the front track roller frame.

Illustration 113 g00500965

Illustration 116 g00500939


Tooling (B)

5. Install Tooling (B) on the front track roller frame, as


shown. See Illustration 116 . Install the recoil
spring and the guide in the following manner.
Illustration 114 g00500964
a. Measure the distance from the plate to the
face of the front track roller frame. Measure the
Note: The guide weighs 30 kg (66 lb).
plate at all four corners. Make an adjustment to
3. Attach a hoist to guide (19) and install the guide.
2J-3505Nuts(14) so that all four corners of
6V-2168Plate(17) are the same distance from
the face of the front track roller frame.

The recoil spring must never have more than


12.7 mm (.50 inch) distance between the recoil
spring retainer during installation of the recoil
spring.
42 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

b. Slowly extend the cylinder rod in order to


compress the recoil spring while recoil spring
retainer (4) is installed with bar (18).

c. When the cylinder rod is fully extended, install


the recoil spring retainer. Move the cylinder rod
to the fully retracted position.

d. Remove 2J-3505Nuts(14) and 9H-1031


Washers(13) from 1M-6766Studs(5).

Note: Tooling (A) and Tooling (B) are identical


except for the FT-1408 Spacer(11) and FT-1409
Spacer(12). Illustration 118 g00502189
Tooling (A)

d. Install the recoil spring retainer until surface


(22) is 2.0 ± 1.5 mm (0.079 ± 0.059 inch)
below the surface of the front track roller
frame. Surface (22) is the area at the base of
the notches in the retainer.
e. Remove Tooling (A).

Illustration 117 g00502188


Tooling (A)
Tooling (18)

6. Install Tooling (A) in the following manner in order


to install the recoil spring and the guide:

a. Install FT-1408Spacer(11), FT-1409Spacer


(12), 9H-1031Washers(13), and 2J-3505
Nuts(14) on 1M-6766Studs(5). Illustration 119 g00545866

b. Measure the distance from the plate to the


7. Use bolts (2) and install stops (3) in position.
face of the front track roller frame. Measure the
plate at all four corners. Make an adjustment to
2J-3505Nuts(14) so that all four corners of
6V-2168Plate(16) are the same distance from
the face of the front track roller frame.
c. Slowly extend the cylinder rod in order to
compress the recoil spring while recoil spring
retainer (4) is installed with bar (18).
SENR8327 43
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 120 g00545871 Illustration 122 g00618013

8. Install eyebolt (1) and the cable assembly. Be sure Note: The track adjuster weighs 113 kg (250 lb).
that the eyebolt is 30 ± 10 degrees from horizontal, 2. Attach a nylon strap and a hoist to track adjuster
as shown. See Illustration 120 . (3).
End By: 3. Remove the track adjuster from the inside of the
Install the track adjuster. See the procedure in recoil spring.
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track Adjuster -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Track i01022208
Adjuster - Install in this module.
Track Adjuster - Disassemble
i01022207
SMCS Code: 4157-015
Track Adjuster - Remove
Disassembly Procedure
SMCS Code: 4157-011
Start By:
Removal Procedure Remove the track adjuster. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track Adjuster -
Start By: Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Track
Remove the front track roller frame. See the Adjuster - Remove in this module.
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Track Roller Frame (Front) -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Track
Roller Frame (Front) - Remove in this module.

Illustration 123 g00618014

1. Remove valves (3) and (4).

Illustration 121 g00618012 2. Remove bolts (1) and cover (2).

1. Remove bolt (1) and the spacer from cable 3. Remove the O-ring seals behind cover (2).
assembly (2).
4. Remove piston (5).
44 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 124 g00618017 Illustration 126 g00618014

5. Remove ring (8) and retainer (7) from piston (5). 4. Install piston (5).

6. Remove seal (6) and rings (9) from piston (5). 5. Install the O-ring seals, cover (2), and bolts (1).

6. Install valves (3) and (4). Tighten the valves to a


i01022209
torque of 34 ± 7 N·m (25 ± 5 lb ft).
Track Adjuster - Assemble End By:
SMCS Code: 4157-016 Install the track adjuster. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track Adjuster -
Assembly Procedure Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Track
Adjuster - Install in this module.
1. Inspect the O-ring seals for wear and for damage.
Replace the components, if necessary. Apply i01022210
clean oil to the surfaces of the components before
assembly. Track Adjuster - Install
SMCS Code: 4157-012

Installation Procedure
Note: The front track roller frame weighs 113 kg
(250 lb).
1. Attach a nylon strap and a hoist to track adjuster
(3).

Illustration 125 g00618017

2. Install rings (9) and seal (6).

3. Install retainer (7) and ring (8).

Illustration 127 g00618013

2. Install track adjuster (3) in the front track roller


frame.
SENR8327 45
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 11, contd)


C 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1
D 8T-5071 Seal Guard 1
9U-7536 Lift Stand 2
E
4C-5809 Electric Hydraulic Pump 1

Start By:
Separate the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Separate”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Separate in this module.

Illustration 128 g00618012


Personal injury can result from performing serv-
3. Install cable assembly (2) and the spacer on the ice on the track roller frame.
front track roller frame.
Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS8273 for in-
4. Install bolt (1). spection and removal procedures before perform-
ing any service.
End By:
Install the front track roller frame. See the
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Track Roller Frame (Front) -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Track
Roller Frame (Front) - Install in this module.

i01296766

Track Roller Frame (Front) -


Remove
SMCS Code: 4151-011

Removal Procedure
Table 11 Illustration 129 g00617978
Required Tools
1. Position tool (E) under the front of the machine.
Tool Part Number Description Qty
Raise the machine until the front track roller frame
Strap is up 25 mm (1.0 inch).
A FT-2213 Group 1

8B-7548 Push-Puller Tool Gp 1

5P-4808 Cap 2

Bolt (5/8 inch by 18 by 2 3/4


0S-1601 2
inch)

B Bolt (1/2 inch by 13 by 4 1/2


8S-9089 2
inch)

Hard Washer (3 mm by 25.5


5P-8245 2
mm)

Hard Washer (3.5 mm by 32


5P-8247 4
mm)

(continued)
46 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

5. Remove bolts (1) and cover (2) from each side of


the rear track roller frame.
6. Remove the O-ring seals from each cover (2).

Illustration 130 g00619757

Note: Tool (A) is installed after the front roller frame is


up 25 mm (1.0 inch). Raise the front track roller
frame in order to release the pressure in the bogie
pads. Illustration 132 g00617985

2. Install tool (A) on the front bogie.


7. Use tool (B) to remove guides (4) from both sides
3. Raise the machine until the front track rollers are of the rear track roller frame.
off the track.

Illustration 133 g00617986


Illustration 131 g00617984

NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con- Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
tained during performance of inspection, mainte- heavy assembly.
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
before opening any compartment or disassembling hoist to lift the load.
any component containing fluids. Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar assembly is given below.
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products. Note: The front track roller frame weighs 1550 kg
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and (3450 lb).
mandates. 8. Attach a hoist to the front track roller frame. See
Illustration 133 .
4. Remove plug (3) and drain the oil from the rear 9. Install tool (C) from the front track roller frame to
track roller frame. the radiator guard.
SENR8327 47
Disassembly and Assembly Section

10. Use the hoist and tool (C) to pull the front track
roller frame partially out of the rear track roller
frame.

Illustration 136 g00687777

Illustration 134 g00619764

11. Install tool (D) in order to protect the seal.

Illustration 137 g00617989

NOTICE
The seals may be damaged if the seals are removed
from the track roller frame.
Illustration 135 g00617997

14. Remove these components from the rear track


12. Attach two nylon straps around the front idler roller frame: retaining ring (8), seal (9), retaining
shafts. See Illustration 135 . ring (6) and bearing (7).
13. Remove front track roller frame (5).

Illustration 138 g00617990

15. If necessary, remove bearing (10) from the front


track roller frame.
48 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01296773

Track Roller Frame (Front) -


Install
SMCS Code: 4151-012

Installation Procedure
Table 12
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

FT-2213 Strap 1
A Group
Illustration 139 g00687777

B 8T-5255 Hydraulic Jack 1

C 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1


D 8T-5071 Seal Guard 1
E FT-1965 Driver 1
F 1U-5753 Seal Starter 2
9U-7536 Lift Stand 2
G
4C-5809 Electric Hydraulic Pump 1

Illustration 140 g00617999

1. Install bearing (7) and retaining ring (6) in the rear


track roller frame.

Note: The seal bore should be clean and free of dirt,


oil, and old adhesive.
2. Apply 6V-6640 Sealant to the seal bore.

3. Use tool (E) and tool (F) to install seal (9) in the
rear track roller frame.
4. Install retaining ring (8).

5. Apply clean SAE 30W oil to the inside diameter of


seal (9).
SENR8327 49
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 141 g00619761 Illustration 143 g00617997

6. Install tool (D) inside seal (9).


Note: The back leg of tool (D) should be in the gap
between the seal and the track roller frame. Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
heavy assembly.
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
hoist to lift the load.
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body
assembly is given below.

Note: The front track roller frame weighs 1565 kg


(3450 lb).
8. Attach a hoist to front track roller frame (5). See
Illustration 143 .
Note: Make sure that tool (A) is installed on the front
track roller frame.
Illustration 142 g00618003

7. If bearing (10) was removed, heat the new bearing


to a maximum temperature of 175 °C (347 °F).
Install bearing (10) on the front track roller frame.
Install bearing (10) with the taper on the outside
diameter toward the rear of the front track roller
frame.

Illustration 144 g00619764

Note: Align the keyway in the cylinder assembly with


the key in the rear track roller frame.
9. Install the front track roller frame in the rear track
roller frame. Install the front track roller frame until
bearing (10) is 25 to 50 mm (1 to 2 inch) from the
seal in the rear track roller frame.
50 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

10. Carefully remove tool (D) from the seal in the rear
track roller frame.

Illustration 147 g00618007

13. Install the O-ring seal in cover (2). Install cover (2)
Illustration 145 g00619765
and bolts (1) on the track roller frame.

NOTICE 14. Install plug (3).


Use caution when installing the front track roller frame
in order to prevent damage to the seal in the rear 15. Remove tool (A).
track roller frame.
16. Lower the machine on the track.

11. Use tool (C) to install front track roller frame (5) in 17. Remove tool (G).
the rear track roller frame. End By:
Connect the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Connect”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Connect in this module.
Fill the recoil spring compartment with oil. See
the procedure in the Operation and
Maintenance Manual, SEBU6891, “Recoil
Spring Compartment Oil Level -
Check”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Recoil Spring Compartment Oil Level - Check
for the proper procedure.

i03249340

Track Roller Frame - Remove


Illustration 146 g00618006
SMCS Code: 4151-011
12. If necessary, use tool (F) to align the slots in the
front track roller frame with guides (4). Install two 1/ Removal Procedure
2 inch by 13 NC eyebolts in guides (4). Install Table 13
guides (4) in the track roller frame. Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 8T-5255 Hydraulic Jack 2

142-8548 Lifting Bracket As 1


B
5P-8622 Shackle 3

C 1P-0074 Puller Group 1

D 8S-7640 Stand 2

(continued)
SENR8327 51
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 13, contd)


Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


8S-7611 Tube 2

9U-7536 Hydraulic Jack 2


E
4C-5809 Pump 1

Strap
F FT-2213 Group 1

Start By:
Separate the Track. See the procedure in Illustration 149 g00543030
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Separate”Disassembly and Assembly, Track - 2. Raise the rear of the machine until the track guides
Separate in this module. are above the track links. Install tool (D) under the
machine.

Personal injury can result from performing serv-


ice on the track roller frame.
Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS8273 for in-
spection and removal procedures before perform-
ing any service.

Illustration 150 g00543031

3. Raise the front of the tractor with tool (E) until the
track guides are above the track links.

Illustration 148 g00618074

1. Install tool (F) in order to hold the bogies in the


correct position. Install tool (F) on the side, if the
track roller frame will be removed from that side.
52 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 151 g00618162 Illustration 152 g00543033

NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
before opening any compartment or disassembling
any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Dealer Service Tool Catalog” for tools and supplies
suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpillar
products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.
Illustration 153 g00543035
4. Remove plug (1). Drain the oil from the pivot shaft
compartment. 6. Position tool (A) under the equalizer bar on the
opposite side of the track roller frame. Raise the
5. Remove plug (2). Drain the oil from the recoil equalizer bar until a 25.4 mm (1 inch) piece of the
spring and the bearing compartment. bar stock can be installed between the frame and
the equalizer bar. Place the piece on the side of
the track that is being removed. This bar stock
keeps the equalizer bar in the original position
during the removal of the track roller frame.

Illustration 154 g00618166

7. Position tool (A) under the front track roller frame.


SENR8327 53
Disassembly and Assembly Section

8. Loosen the nuts and bolts (3). Remove equalizer


bar pin (4) from the rear track roller frame.

Illustration 158 g00618176

Illustration 155 g00543039 13. Use tool (C) to remove plate (10).

9. Remove bolts (5) from seal retainer (6).

Illustration 159 g00543068

Illustration 156 g00543041 14. Remove bolts (11) and plate (12). Remove the
ring behind plate (12).
Note: The trunnion weighs 43 kg (95 lb).
10. Attach a hoist to trunnion (8). Remove bolts (7) 15. Remove tool (A) from the front track roller frame.
and the trunnion.

Illustration 157 g00543063

11. Remove plug (9) from plate (10).

12. Remove the bolt and the spacer behind plug (9).
54 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 14, contd)


Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


9U-6600 Manual Pump 1

1U-5197 Hydraulic Cylinder 1

1P-1838 Adapter (1 1/4 inch by 12) 1


F 6V-2108 Sleeve 1
6V-3187 Adapter (1 1/4 inch by 12) 1

5P-4184 Tool Stud (1 1/4 inch by 12 by 18


1
inch)

Illustration 160 g00543069 G FT-1713 Wedge 2

H 136-1452 Internal Tip Pliers 1

Start By:
Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
heavy assembly. Remove the track roller frame. See the procedure
in Disassembly and Assembly, “Track Roller
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect Frame - Remove”Disassembly and Assembly,
hoist to lift the load. Track Roller Frame - Remove in this module.
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the as-
sembly is given below.
Personal injury can result from performing serv-
ice on the track roller frame.
Note: The track roller frame weighs 4350 kg
(9600 lb). Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS8273 for in-
16. Use a suitable lifting device and tool (B) to spection and removal procedures before perform-
ing any service.
remove the track roller frame.

i01022271

Track Roller Frame - Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
Disassemble heavy assembly.

SMCS Code: 4151-015 The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
hoist to lift the load.
Disassembly Procedure Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
Table 14
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body
assembly is given below.
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


NOTICE
0S-1587 Bolt (1/2 inch by 13 by 1 3/4 inch) 1 Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
A tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
1F-7958 Nut (1/2 inch by 13) 1 nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
Bar Stock (1/2 inch by 2 inch by prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
B 4 before opening any compartment or disassembling
10 inch)
any component containing fluids.
1P-0520 Driver Gp 1
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
C 8E-2898 Plate 1
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
1H-3110 Bearing Puller 1 plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
D FT-2213 Strap (Group) 1
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.
(continued)
SENR8327 55
Disassembly and Assembly Section

1. Place the track roller frame on a level surface.


Support each end of the track roller frame with the
track guides.

Illustration 162 g00617654

Illustration 161 g00621097

2. Remove O-ring seal (2) from seal retainer (3).

3. Remove eight bolts (1) and retainer (3) from the


track roller frame.
4. Remove the O-ring seal from retainer (3) which
seals between the retainer and the track roller
frame.

Illustration 163 g00617658

5. Position tool (A) according to Illustration 162 .


Rotate the nut in order to apply pressure to plate
(4). When plate (4) and retainer (5) are separated
sufficiently, insert tool (B) in order to keep the plate
and the retainer separate. Insert bar stock (B) at
four equally spaced locations around the retainer.

6. Use a soft hammer around the outer diameter of


the retainer to loosen and remove plate (4).
56 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 164 g00617660 Illustration 166 g00617705

Note: The 8E-2898 Plate is the same component


NOTICE
that is used on the end of the pivot shaft.
When these components are removed, the compo-
Note: Mark the retainers before disassembly for nents are damaged or destroyed.
correct assembly in the original positions.
7. Use a hydraulic press and tool (C) to remove 9. Inspect bearings (8) on each side of the track roller
retainer (6) from retainer (5). frame for wear and for damage. Remove the two
bearings from the track roller frame, if necessary.

Illustration 165 g00617661

Illustration 167 g00621295


8. Use a hydraulic press to remove seal (7) from
retainer (5). Note: The track roller frame weighs 4350 kg
(9600 lb).
10. Use a suitable lifting device to position the track
roller frame on wood blocks. See Illustration 167 .
Remove tool (D).

11. Mark the track idlers, the caps, and the shims, so
that the components are assembled in the original
locations. Remove the track idlers.
Reference: Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,
“Idler - Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Idler -
Remove in this module.
SENR8327 57
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 168 g00621298 Illustration 170 g00621306

12. Mark the track rollers, the caps, and the track Note: Removal of the plugs and stoppers releases
roller frame, so that the single flange rollers and oil.
the double flange rollers are installed in the original 15. Use a variable speed drill to remove plug (17) and
locations. stopper (19) from each end of cartridge pin (18).

Reference: Refer to the procedure in Disassembly


and Assembly, “Track Roller - Remove”Disassembly
and Assembly, Track Roller - Remove in this module.

Note: The single flange track roller weighs 88 kg


(195 lb). The double flange track roller weighs 98 kg
(215 lb).
13. Fasten a suitable lifting device to track roller (14).
Remove four bolts (12) and two caps (13).
Remove the track roller from the minor bogie.
Repeat this procedure for all of the track rollers.

Illustration 171 g00621307

16. Install tool (F) on the major bogie. Suspend the


tool by a lifting device. See Illustration 171 .
Remove cartridge pin (18).

17. Remove minor bogie (20) from the major bogie.

18. Repeat Steps 15 through 17 for the remainder of


the minor bogies.

Illustration 169 g00621299

14. Remove bolts (16) and track guides (15) from the
major bogies.
58 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 172 g00617709 Illustration 175 g00621319

19. Install tool (G) between the track roller frame and Note: Removal of the plugs and stoppers releases
the major bogie in order to hold the components in oil.
place during the removal of the cartridge pins. 22. Use a variable speed drill to remove plug (24) and
stopper (25) from each end of cartridge pin (26).
Remove plugs (27) from each side of the track
roller frame.

Illustration 173 g00621310

20. Use tool (H) to remove retaining ring (21) from


each side of the track roller frame. Illustration 176 g00621320

Note: The major bogie weighs 190 kg (420 lb).


23. Fasten a suitable lifting device to major bogie
(28).

Illustration 174 g00621311

21. Install one 5/8 inch by 11 NC eyebolt (22) in plate


(23). Remove plate (23) from each side of the track
roller frame.
SENR8327 59
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i03464703

Track Roller Frame - Assemble


SMCS Code: 4151-016

Assembly Procedure
Table 15
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


FT-2213 Strap
D Group 1

Illustration 177 g00621321 H 136-1452 Internal Tip Pliers 1

24. Install tool (F) on the major bogie. Suspend the 9U-6600 Hand Hydraulic Pump 1
tool by a lifting device. See Illustration 177 . 5P-4776 Tool Stud (1 inch by 14
Remove cartridge pins (26). 2
by 18 inch)

25. Repeat Steps 19 through 24 for the remainder of 3K-5234 Hard Washer (6 mm by
J 2
49 mm)
the major bogies.
1A-1935 Nut (1 inch by 14) 2

6V-3175 Double Acting Cylinder 1

6V-4871 Reaction Bar 1


1F-7958 Nut (1/2 inch by 13) 4

- Threaded Rod (1/2 inch


2
K by 13 by 8 inch)

5P-8245 Hard Washer (3 mm by


4
25.5 mm)

8T-3053 Ring 1
L
6V-3141 Plate 1
M 5P-7504 Oil -

N 5P-3931 Anti-Seize Compound -


Illustration 178 g00621322

26. Remove pad assemblies (29) from the track roller


frame and from the major bogies.

27. Remove the front track roller frame from the rear When you are using hydraulic cylinders and pull-
er studs, always ensure that the rated capacity of
track roller frame.
the puller stud meets or exceeds the rated ca-
Reference: Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, pacity of the hydraulic cylinder. If the puller stud
“Track Roller Frame (Front) - Remove”Disassembly does not meet or exceed the rated capacity of the
and Assembly, Track Roller Frame (Front) - Remove hydraulic cylinder, a sudden failure of the puller
in this module. stud could occur. The sudden failure of the puller
stud could result in personal injury or death.
28. Remove the track adjuster.
Reference: Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, NOTICE
“Track Adjuster - Remove”Disassembly and Do not use threaded rods that have not been hard-
Assembly, Track Adjuster - Remove in this module. ened as tooling with hydraulic cylinders. The maxi-
mum rated tonnage should be stamped on one end of
29. Remove the recoil spring. the puller studs. Do not use threaded rods that have
not been stamped with the rated tonnage.
Reference: Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,
“Recoil Spring - Remove”Disassembly and Assembly,
Recoil Spring - Remove in this module.
60 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Reference: Refer to Specifications, “Bogie 6. Add 60 ± 3 cc of Tooling (M) to the cartridge pins.
Suspension” in the Service Manual for your machine. Install the rubber stoppers to 3.0 ± 1.0 mm
(0.118 ± 0.039 inch) below the surface of the pin.
1. Install the recoil spring.
7. Apply Tooling (N) to the bores of the major bogie
Reference: Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,
and to the bores of the track roller frame.
“Recoil Spring - Install” in this module.

2. Install the track adjuster. NOTICE


Install the cartridge pin with the mark (X) on the out-
Reference: Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,
side of the track roller frame. Position the mark (X) to
“Track Adjuster - Install” in this module.
the top or to the bottom of the vertical centerline.
3. Install the front track roller frame in the rear track
roller frame. 8. Install the cartridge pins in both sides of the track
roller frame.
Reference: Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,
“Track Roller Frame (Front) - Install” in this module.

Illustration 181 g00621351

Illustration 179 g00621322 9. Position plate (23) and Tooling (J), as shown. The
step in plate (23) should be oriented toward
4. Install pad assemblies (29) on the track roller frame Tooling (J).
and on the major bogies.
10. Install the cartridge pin in the major bogie. Plate
(23) must be level with the groove in the track roller
frame.

Illustration 180 g00621320

Note: The weight of the major bogie is approximately


190 kg (420 lb). Illustration 182 g00621310
5. Fasten a suitable lifting device to major bogie (28).
Install the major bogie in the track roller frame. 11. Install plugs (27) in each side of the track roller
frame.
SENR8327 61
Disassembly and Assembly Section

12. Use Tooling (H) to install retaining ring (21) on 17. Use Tooling (J) to install cartridge pin (18) in the
each side of the track roller frame. major bogie and in the minor bogie. The cartridge
pin must be level with the outside surface of the
13. Repeat Steps 5 through 12 for the remainder of major bogie.
the major bogies.
18. Repeat Steps 14 through 17 for the remainder of
the minor bogies.

Illustration 183 g00621352

Note: The minor bogie (20) must be installed with the Illustration 185 g00621299
part number or the words THIS SIDE OUT toward the
outside of the major bogie. 19. Install track guides (15) and bolts (16) on the
14. Position minor bogie (20) in the major bogie. major bogies. Tighten the bolts to a torque of
15. Add 60 ± 3 cc of Tooling (M) to the cartridge pins. 475 ± 50 N·m (350 ± 37 lb ft).
Install the rubber stoppers to a depth of
3.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.12 ± 0.04 inch) below the surface
of the pin.

16. Apply Tooling (N) to the bores of the major bogie


and to the bores of the minor bogie.

Illustration 186 g00621298

20. Install single flange rollers and double flange


rollers in the original locations.

Reference: Refer to Specifications, “Track Rollers”


in the Service Manual for your machine for the correct
Illustration 184 g00621353
installation of the track rollers.

NOTICE Note: The single flange track roller weighs


Install the cartridge pin with the mark (X) on the out- approximately 88 kg (195 lb). The double flange
side of the track roller frame. Position the mark (X) to track roller weighs approximately 98 kg (215 lb).
the top or to the bottom of the vertical centerline. 21. Fasten a suitable lifting device to track roller (14).
Install the track roller on the minor bogie. Install
four bolts (12) and two caps (13). Repeat this
procedure for all of the track rollers.
62 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

22. Align the holes in the shafts with the dowels in


caps (13). Install caps (13) and bolts (12). Tighten
the bolts to a torque of 750 ± 70 N·m
(550 ± 50 lb ft).

23. Install the track idlers.

Reference: Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,


“Idler - Install” in this module.

Illustration 189 g00617711

26. Apply Tooling (N) to the outer diameter of seal (7).


Use a hydraulic press to install seal (7) in retainer
(5).

Illustration 187 g00621295

24. Install Tooling (D) on the major bogies.

Illustration 190 g00617712

Illustration 188 g00617705

Note: Lower the temperature of the bearings before


installation.
25. If two bearings (8) were removed, install two new
bearings in the sides of the track roller frame.

Illustration 191 g00617727

27. Use the following procedure in order to align and


assemble the two retainers:
SENR8327 63
Disassembly and Assembly Section

When you are using hydraulic cylinders and


puller studs, always ensure that the rated ca-
pacity of the puller stud meets or exceeds the
rated capacity of the hydraulic cylinder. If the
puller stud does not meet or exceed the rated
capacity of the hydraulic cylinder, a sudden fail-
ure of the puller stud could occur. The sudden
failure of the puller stud could result in personal
injury or death.

a. See Illustration 190 . Position Tooling (K)


against the inside of the holes in retainer (5). In
order to obtain accurate measurements, make
Illustration 192 g00617822
sure that the threaded rods (Tooling (K)) are
against the inside of the bolt holes.

b. Measure the distance from the threaded rod to


bolt hole (30) in the retainer. Record the
dimension.
c. Measure the distance from the other threaded
rod to bolt hole (31) in the retainer. Record the
dimension.
d. Compare the dimensions from Step 27.b. and
from Step 27.c.. If the dimensions are not
equal, rotate retainer (6) on retainer (5).
Measure the dimensions again. Repeat this
procedure until both dimensions are equal.
Illustration 193 g00617824
28. Place marks (32) on seal (7) and retainer (6) for
correct assembly.
29. Apply Tooling (N) to retainer (6). Position the two
retainers in a press. Check the alignment marks.

30. Use the press and use Tooling (L) to install


retainer (5) and seal (7) on retainer (6).

Illustration 194 g00617826

31. Lower the temperature of plate (4). Install the


plate level with the surface of retainer (5).
64 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

1. Inspect all of the O-ring seals for wear and for


damage. Replace the seals, if necessary. Apply
clean oil to the O-ring seals before assembly.

Illustration 195 g00621097

32. Turn over the retainer and install the O-ring seal
on retainer (6).
Illustration 196 g00619780
33. Place the retainer on the track roller frame. Install
eight bolts (1). 2. Install O-ring (14) on the face of the retainer.

34. Install the O-ring seal on retainer (3).


End By:
Install the track roller frame. Refer to Disassembly
and Assembly, “Track Roller Frame - Install” in
this module.

i03402247

Track Roller Frame - Install


SMCS Code: 4151-012

Installation Procedure
Table 16
Illustration 197 g00618179
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


FT-2213 Strap 1
A Group
Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
heavy assembly.

B 8T-5255 Hydraulic Jack 1 The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
hoist to lift the load.
142-8548 Lifting Bracket As 1
C Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
5P-8622 Shackle 3 heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the as-
E 8S-7640 Stand 2 sembly is given below.
9U-7536 Hydraulic Jack 2
F
3. Use a suitable lifting device and Tooling (C) to
4C-5809 Pump 1 install the track roller frame on the pivot shaft. The
weight of the track roller frame is approximately
G 5P-3413 Pipe Sealant 1
4350 kg (9590 lb).

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Frame Group”Specifications, Frame Group in the
Service Manual for your machine.
SENR8327 65
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 198 g00543068 Illustration 200 g00543039

4. Install the ring behind plate (12). 7. Use Tooling (B) under the track roller frame to align
the bolt holes in retainer (6) with the main frame.
5. Install the O-ring seal on plate (12). Apply a light Apply Tooling (G) to the threads of bolts (5). Install
coat of oil to the bore of the track roller frame. bolts (5).
Install plate (12) and twelve bolts (11).
8. Remove Tooling (C) from the track roller frame.

Illustration 199 g00618200


Illustration 201 g00543035
6. Position Tooling (B) under the track roller frame, as
shown. 9. Use Tooling (B) under the track roller frame to align
the bore in the equalizer bar with the track roller
frame. Install pin (4) with the tapered end toward
the front of the machine. Tighten bolts (3) to a
torque of 1600 ± 200 N·m (1180 ± 150 lb ft).
Reference: Refer to Specifications, “Equalizer
Bar”Specifications, Equalizer Bar in the Service
Manual for your machine.

10. Remove Tooling (B) from the track roller frame.


66 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 202 g00618163 Illustration 204 g00543041

11. Position Tooling (B) under the equalizer bar on the 15. Use a suitable lifting device to position trunnion
opposite side of the track roller frame. Raise the (8) on the track roller frame. Install bolts (7). The
equalizer bar until the 25.4 mm (1 inch) piece of weight of trunnion 8 is approximately 43 kg (95 lb).
the bar stock can be removed between the frame
and the equalizer bar. Remove Tooling (B).

Illustration 205 g00618161

Illustration 203 g00543063

12. Install the O-ring seal on plate (10). Apply a light


coat of oil to the seal and to the bore of the track
roller frame. Install plate (10).

13. Install the spacer and the bolt in plate (10).

14. Install the O-ring seal on plug (9). Install the plug.

Illustration 206 g00618160

16. Lower Tooling (F). Use Tooling (F) to raise the


rear of the machine and remove Tooling (E).
SENR8327 67
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022213

Idler - Remove
SMCS Code: 4159-011

Removal Procedure
Start By:
Separate the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Separate”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Separate in this module.

Illustration 207 g00621308

Personal injury can result from performing serv-


17. Remove plug (13). Fill the pivot shaft bearing ice on the track roller frame.
compartment with SAE 30W oil to the bottom of the
fill port. Install plug (13). Remove Tooling (A). Refer to Special Instruction, SMHS8273 for in-
spection and removal procedures before perform-
18. Fill the oil compartment in the center of the ing any service.
equalizer bar through the pivot shaft oil bottle.
1. Raise the front of the machine or raise the rear of
19. If oil was drained from the recoil spring, fill the the machine in order to remove the desired idler.
compartment with oil.

Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance


Manual, “Lubricant Viscosities and Refill
Capacities”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Lubricant Viscosities and Refill Capacities.
Note: Check the oil level in the recoil spring
compartment when the track is connected and when
the track is adjusted.
End By:
Connect the Track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Connect”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Connect in this module.
Illustration 208 g00617920

Note: The front idler weighs 360 kg (800 lb). The rear
idler weighs 320 kg (700 lb).
2. Fasten a hoist and two nylon straps to idler (1).
Remove two bolts (3) and cap (2) from each side
of the major bogie.()

3. Remove idler (1).


68 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022214

Idler - Disassemble
SMCS Code: 4159-015

Disassembly Procedure
Start By:
Remove the idler. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Idler -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Idler -
Remove in this module.

Illustration 210 g00524143

4. Remove O-ring seal (6) from retainer (1).

Note: Mark the Duo-Cone seals, so that the seals


can be assembled and installed in the original
locations.
5. Remove Duo-Cone seal (5) from each retainer
(1).

Illustration 209 g00617634

1. Use a hammer and a punch to drive plug (4) out of


stopper (3).

2. Use a variable speed drill and a 12.7 mm


(1/2 inch) drill bit to remove stopper (3) from the
end of the shaft.

NOTICE
The shaft will be free to fall when the retainers are
removed. Illustration 211 g00524189

Note: Early idlers do not have toric stabilizers (8).


3. Remove twelve bolts (2) and retainer (1) from each
6. Remove two Duo-Cone seals (7) and two toric
side of the idler.
stabilizers (8) from shaft (9).
SENR8327 69
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 212 g00524194 Illustration 213 g00617751

Note: Shaft (9) weighs 22 kg (48 lb).


NOTICE
7. Pull shaft (9) out of the idler enough to fasten a
The bearing in the idler can be damaged when the
hoist to the shaft. shaft is installed in the idler.
8. Fasten a hoist to shaft (9). Remove the shaft from
idler (10). Note: The shaft weighs 22 Kg (49 lb).
2. Fasten a hoist to shaft (9). Carefully position the
i01022215 shaft in idler (10).

Idler - Assemble
SMCS Code: 4159-016

Assembly Procedure
Table 17
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


A 8T-0829 Seal Installer 1

B 1P-0520 Driver Group 1

C 8T-0823 Alignment Sleeve 1

D FT-0575 Test Tool 1


Illustration 214 g00617827
E 8T-5096 Dial Indicator Test Group 1
Note: Early idlers do not have toric stabilizers (8).
F 5P-7419 Plug Installer 1
3. Install toric stabilizers (8) on both ends of shaft (9).

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324, Reference: Before you install Duo-Cone seals (5)
“Idlers (Track)”Specifications, Idlers (Track) in the and (7) see the procedure in Disassembly and
Service Manual for your machine. Assembly, “Duo-Cone Inverted Seals -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Duo-Cone
1. Clean all parts and inspect all parts for wear or Inverted Seals - Install in this module.
damage. Replace all parts that are damaged or
worn with new parts.
70 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 215 g00617828 Illustration 217 g00617836

4. Install toric ring (11) in Duo-Cone seal (7). Make 7. Use depth micrometer (12) to measure the
sure that the toric ring is straight in the seal. distance between Duo-Cone seal (7) and the
shaft. Measure the distance at four locations at 90
5. Lubricate toric ring (11) before assembly. degree intervals. The difference in these
measurements must not be more than 0.80 mm
Reference: Refer to the procedure in Disassembly
and Assembly, “Duo-Cone Inverted Seals - (0.031 inch).
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Duo-Cone
8. If adjustments to Duo-Cone seal (7) are
Inverted Seals - Install in this module.
necessary, use tool (A) to adjust the Duo-Cone
seal on the shaft.
9. Repeat Steps 4 through 8 in order to install the toric
ring and the Duo-Cone seal on the opposite side
of the idler.

Illustration 216 g00617833

6. Use tool (A) to install the toric ring and Duo-Cone


seal (7) on shaft (9). Install the rings until tool (A)
contacts the end of shaft (9).
Illustration 218 g00524378

10. Install O-ring seal (13) on Duo-Cone seal (5).


Make sure that the O-ring seal is straight on the
Duo-Cone seal.
11. Lubricate the O-ring seal before assembly.
Reference: Refer to the procedure in Disassembly
and Assembly, “Duo-Cone Inverted Seals -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Duo-Cone
Inverted Seals - Install in this module.
SENR8327 71
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 219 g00629900 Illustration 221 g00617917

12. Use tool (B) and a press to install the O-ring seal 19. Position tool (C) in the bores of retainer (1) and of
and Duo-Cone seal (5) in retainer (1). Install the the Duo-Cone seal. Use tool (C) to hold the Duo-
O-ring seal and the Duo-Cone seal until the O- Cone seal and retainer (1) in the original positions
ring seal contacts the bottom of the retainer. on the idler.
20. Install bolts (2). Tighten the bolts evenly in order
to keep the retainer in alignment with the idler.
Tighten bolts (2) to a torque of 85 ± 15 N·m
(65 ± 11 lb ft).

21. Repeat Steps 10 through 20 in order to install the


retainer on the opposite side of the idler.

22. Use tool (D) to pressure test the idler. Use the
following procedure:

a. Put dry air at a pressure of 280 kPa (41 psi)


into the idler shaft.
b. If the pressure is reduced in ten seconds or
Illustration 220 g00617913 less, the idler leaks. The idler must be
disassembled and checked.
13. Use depth micrometer (12) to measure the
distance from the surface of retainer (1) to the
surface of Duo-Cone seal (5). Measure the
distance at four locations at 90 degree intervals.
The difference in these measurements must not be
more than 0.6 mm (0.02 inch).

14. If an adjustment to the Duo-Cone seal is


necessary, use tool (A) to adjust the Duo-Cone
seal in the retainer.
15. Install O-ring seal (6) in the groove in retainer (1).

16. Apply petroleum jelly or grease to the O-ring seal


in order to hold the seal in place on the retainer.
Illustration 222 g00620740
17. Make sure that the faces of the Duo-Cone seals
are clean and free of any foreign material.
23. Use tool (E) to check the end play of shaft (9).
18. Apply clean oil to the faces of the Duo-Cone The end play must be 0.38 to 1.14 mm
seals. (0.015 to 0.045 inch).
72 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 223 g00620741 Illustration 224 g00617920

24. Fill idler shaft (9) with 1.050 ± 0.025 L Note: The front idler weighs 360 kg (800 lb). The rear
(35.7 ± 0.85 oz) of SAE 30W oil. idler weighs 320 kg (700 lb).
1. Use a hoist and two nylon straps to install idler (1)
25. Apply clean oil to stopper (3). Install the stopper in on the major bogie.
the end of shaft (9). Install the stopper to 7 ± 7 mm
(0.275 ± 0.275 inch) below the surface of the end 2. Install cap (2) and bolts (3) on each side of the
of the shaft. idler.

26. Use tool (F) to install plug (4) in stopper (3). Install Note: Make sure that the dowel in the cap is in
the plug so that the plug is flush with the surface on alignment with the hole in the shaft.
the end of the stopper.
3. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 1850 ± 150 N·m
End By: (1360 ± 110 lb ft).
Install the idler. See the procedure in Disassembly 4. Lower the machine.
and Assembly, “Idler - Install”Disassembly and
Assembly, Idler - Install in this module. End By:
Connect the track. See the procedure in
i01022216
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Connect”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Idler - Install Connect in this module.
SMCS Code: 4159-012
i01022266

Installation Procedure Equalizer Bar Pads - Remove


Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324, SMCS Code: 7209-011
“Idlers (Track)”Specifications, Idlers (Track) in the
Service Manual for your machine.
Removal Procedure
Start By:
Remove the bottom guards by the equalizer bar.
Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,
SENR8331, “Bottom Guard -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Bottom
Guard - Remove in the Service Manual for your
machine.
SENR8327 73
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 225 g00620842 Illustration 227 g00620845

1. Start the machine. Move one side of the machine 4. Move the upper equalizer bar pad toward the
onto wood blocks (1). The equalizer bar is moved center of the machine. Use pry bar (4) to compress
to the side, which provides the maximum the lower equalizer bar pad. Remove the lower
clearance to the equalizer bar pads on the other equalizer bar pad from the machine.
side.

Illustration 228 g00620846


Illustration 226 g00620844
5. Remove upper equalizer bar pad (6) from the
2. Remove two bolts (2) that hold the lower equalizer equalizer bar.
bar pad to the upper equalizer bar pad.
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 on the other side.
3. Remove two bolts (3) that hold the lower equalizer
bar pad to the equalizer bar. i01022267

Equalizer Bar Pads - Install


SMCS Code: 7209-012

Installation Procedure
74 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

3. Use pry bar (4) to compress the lower equalizer bar


pad. Slide the lower equalizer bar pad in place on
the equalizer bar.

4. Slide upper equalizer bar pad (6) in place on lower


equalizer bar pad (5).

Illustration 229 g00620842

1. Start the machine. Move one side of the machine


onto wood blocks (1). The equalizer bar is moved
to the side, which provides the maximum
clearance to the equalizer bar pads on the other
side.
Illustration 232 g00620844

5. Install two bolts (2) that hold the lower equalizer


bar pad to the upper equalizer bar pad.

6. Install two bolts (3) that hold the lower equalizer


bar pad to the equalizer bar.

7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 on the other side.


End By:
Install the bottom guards by the equalizer bar.
Refer to Disassembly and Assembly,
SENR8331, “Bottom Guard -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Bottom
Guard - Install in the Service Manual for your
Illustration 230 g00620846
machine.

2. Slide upper equalizer bar pad (6) in place on the i05306663


equalizer bar.
Equalizer Bar - Remove
SMCS Code: 7206-011

S/N: 7XM1–Up
S/N: 9EM1–2497

Removal Procedure
Table 18
Required Tools

Part Description Qty


Tool Number
9U-7536 Lift Stand 2

A 9U-7528 Tube Assembly 2


Illustration 231 g00620845
4C-5809 Electric Hydraulic Pump 1
Note: Apply lubricant to the lower equalizer bar pad, if
necessary.
(continued)
SENR8327 75
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 18, contd)


Required Tools

Part Description Qty


Tool Number
4C-4089 Transmission Jack 1
B
4C-4090 Holding Tool 1

Electric Hydraulic Pump Gp


350-7768 115v 1

Electric Hydraulic Pump Gp


350-7769 230v 1

6V-3160 Double Acting Cylinders 2 Illustration 233 g00620870

C 6V-4871 Bar Assembly- Reaction 1

5P-4184 Puller Stud 1


4K-0684 Hard Washer 1
7H-7539 Nut 1
5P-4776 Puller Studs 2
5P-8250 Washers 2
1A-1935 Full Nuts 2

D FT-1714 Wedge 2

Start By:
Remove the equalizer bar pads. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, “Equalizer Bar
Illustration 234 g00620872
Pads - Remove”Disassembly and Assembly,
Equalizer Bar Pads - Remove in this module.
1. Position tool (A) under the front of the machine.

2. Loosen bolts (1) that hold the equalizer bar end pin
in the track roller frame. Remove equalizer bar end
When you are using hydraulic cylinders and pull- pin (2). Repeat this step on the other side of the
er studs, always ensure that the rated capacity of machine.
the puller stud meets or exceeds the rated ca-
pacity of the hydraulic cylinder. If the puller stud 3. Position tool (B) under the equalizer bar. Adjust tool
does not meet or exceed the rated capacity of the (B) in order to hold the equalizer bar after the
hydraulic cylinder, a sudden failure of the puller removal of the center pin.
stud could occur. The sudden failure of the puller
stud could result in personal injury or death.

NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting, and repair of the product.
Be prepared to collect the fluid with suitable contain-
ers before opening any compartment or disassem-
bling any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Dealer
Service Tool Catalog” for tools and supplies suitable
to collect and contain fluids on Cat products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.
76 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

7. Adjust tool (C). Pull the equalizer bar center pin out
of the equalizer bar saddle until the step in the
center pin is clear of the saddle. Remove tool (C).

Illustration 235 g00620873

4. Remove bolts (3) and plate (4) from the equalizer


bar saddle.
Illustration 238 g00620875

8. Remove equalizer bar center pin (5) from the


equalizer bar saddle.

Illustration 236 g00620874

5. Install tool (D) between the front of the equalizer


bar and the equalizer bar saddle in order to
prevent movement during the removal of the Illustration 239 g00620985
equalizer bar center pin.
9. Use tool (B) to lower equalizer bar (6) from the
equalizer bar saddle.

Illustration 237 g00620876

6. Use tool (C) to pull the equalizer bar center pin


approximately 50 mm (2 inch) out of the equalizer
bar saddle.
SENR8327 77
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Removal Procedure
Table 19
Required Tools

Part Description Qty


Tool Number
9U-7536 Lift Stand 2

A 9U-7528 Tube Assembly 2

4C-5809 Electric Hydraulic Pump 1

4C-4089 Transmission Jack 1


B
4C-4090 Holding Tool 1

Electric Hydraulic Pump Gp


Illustration 240 g00620986 350-7768 115v 1

10. Remove spacer (7) from each side of the Electric Hydraulic Pump Gp
equalizer bar. Lower equalizer bar (6). 350-7769 230v 1

6V-3160 Double Acting Cylinders 2

C 6V-4871 Bar Assembly- Reaction 1

9U-5344 Puller Stud 1


9X-8399 Washer 1
9U-5346 Nut 1
9U-5343 Puller Studs 2
6V-8237 Washers 2
7X-0851 Nuts 2

D FT-1714 Wedge 2

Illustration 241 g00620989


Start By:
Remove the equalizer bar pads. Refer to
Note: The equalizer bar weighs 240 kg (540 lb). Disassembly and Assembly, “Equalizer Bar
11. Attach nylon straps to each end of equalizer bar Pads - Remove”Disassembly and Assembly,
(6), as shown. Equalizer Bar Pads - Remove in this module.

12. Use tool (A) to raise the front of the machine to a


height of approximately 1140 mm (45 inch).
Measure the distance from point (X) on the main When you are using hydraulic cylinders and pull-
frame to the ground. er studs, always ensure that the rated capacity of
the puller stud meets or exceeds the rated ca-
13. Raise one end of the equalizer bar to contact with pacity of the hydraulic cylinder. If the puller stud
the main frame rail. Lower the other end of the does not meet or exceed the rated capacity of the
equalizer bar to the ground. Remove the equalizer hydraulic cylinder, a sudden failure of the puller
bar from the machine. stud could occur. The sudden failure of the puller
stud could result in personal injury or death.
i05306668

Equalizer Bar - Remove


SMCS Code: 7206-011

S/N: 9EM2498–2650
S/N: 9EM2661–Up
78 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting, and repair of the product.
Be prepared to collect the fluid with suitable contain-
ers before opening any compartment or disassem-
bling any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Dealer
Service Tool Catalog” for tools and supplies suitable
to collect and contain fluids on Cat products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.

Illustration 244 g00620873

4. Remove bolts (3) and plate (4) from the equalizer


bar saddle.

Illustration 242 g00620870

Illustration 245 g00620874

5. Install tool (D) between the front of the equalizer


bar and the equalizer bar saddle in order to
prevent movement during the removal of the
equalizer bar center pin.

Illustration 243 g00620872

1. Position tool (A) under the front of the machine.

2. Loosen bolts (1) that hold the equalizer bar end pin
in the track roller frame. Remove equalizer bar end
pin (2). Repeat this step on the other side of the
machine.
3. Position tool (B) under the equalizer bar. Adjust tool
Illustration 246 g00620876
(B) in order to hold the equalizer bar after the
removal of the center pin.
6. Use tool (C) to pull the equalizer bar center pin
approximately 50 mm (2 inch) out of the equalizer
bar saddle.
SENR8327 79
Disassembly and Assembly Section

7. Adjust tool (C). Pull the equalizer bar center pin out
of the equalizer bar saddle until the step in the
center pin is clear of the saddle. Remove tool (C).

Illustration 249 g00620986

10. Remove spacer (7) from each side of the


equalizer bar. Lower equalizer bar (6).
Illustration 247 g00620875

8. Remove equalizer bar center pin (5) from the


equalizer bar saddle.

Illustration 250 g00620989

Note: The equalizer bar weighs 240 kg (540 lb).


11. Attach nylon straps to each end of equalizer bar
Illustration 248 g00620985 (6), as shown.

9. Use tool (B) to lower equalizer bar (6) from the 12. Use tool (A) to raise the front of the machine to a
equalizer bar saddle. height of approximately 1140 mm (45 inch).
Measure the distance from point (X) on the main
frame to the ground.

13. Raise one end of the equalizer bar to contact with


the main frame rail. Lower the other end of the
equalizer bar to the ground. Remove the equalizer
bar from the machine.
80 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022218

Equalizer Bar - Disassemble


SMCS Code: 7206-015

Disassembly Procedure
Table 20
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


A 136-1452 Pliers 1
6V-3175 Cylinder 1

9U-6600 Manual Pump 1 Illustration 252 g00618953

4C-9634 Puller Stud (1 1/4 inch by 12 to 1 1


1/4 inch by 7 by 28.9 inch)
2. Remove two bearings (2) from the equalizer bar.
B
1P-0544 Nut (1 1/4 inch by 7) 1

4K-0684 Washer (6 mm by 55 mm) 1

6V-2098 Sleeve 1
1P-1840 Bearing Puller 1

Start By:
Remove the equalizer bar. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Equalizer Bar -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly,
Equalizer Bar - Remove in this module.
Note: The seals and the bearings in the equalizer bar
can be replaced without removal of the equalizer bar.
Illustration 253 g00618954

Illustration 251 g00618951


Illustration 254 g00618955

NOTICE 3. Remove one hydraulic fitting (3) and two relief


When these components are removed, the compo- valves (4) from each end of the equalizer bar.
nents are damaged.
4. Remove two seals (5) from each end of the
1. Remove seal (1) from each side of the equalizer equalizer bar.
bar.
SENR8327 81
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i03363621

Equalizer Bar - Assemble


SMCS Code: 7206-016

Assembly Procedure
Table 21
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Part Description Qty


A 136-1452 Pliers 1
6V-3175 Cylinder 1

Illustration 255 g00618958 9U-6600 Manual Pump 1

4C-9634 Puller Stud 1


5. Use tool (A) to remove two retaining rings (6) from (1 1/4 inch by 7 to 1 1/4 inch
each end of the equalizer bar. Set(1) by 12 by 28.9 inch)

1P-0544 Nut (1 1/4 inch by 7) 1

4K-0684 Washer (6 mm by 55 mm) 1

6V-2098 Sleeve 1
1P-1840 Bearing Puller 1
B
9S-8537 Ring Installer 1

C 1P-0520 Driver Group 1

D 1P-1841 Bearing Puller 1

E 4C-4032 Bearing Mount Compound -

F 169-5464 Quick Cure Primer -


(1) This set of tools are the common components of tool (B) and of
tool (D).
Illustration 256 g00618959

Note: The surface of the seal outside diameter and


the counterbore in the equalizer bar should be clean,
dry, free from grease, oil, and loosely adhering
contaminants. Never clean the surfaces with
gasoline, naphtha, or other solvents which leave a
film after drying.
1. Make sure that the sealing surfaces of the seals
and of the equalizer bar are smooth and clean.

Illustration 257 g00618961

6. Use tool (B) to remove bearing (7) from each end


of the equalizer bar.
82 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 258 g00618958 Illustration 261 g00618965

2. Use Tooling (A) to install one retaining ring (6) in


the equalizer bar.

Illustration 262 g00618955

Note: The surface of the seal outside diameter and


Illustration 259 g00618961 the counterbore in the equalizer bar should be clean,
dry, free from grease, oil, and loosely adhering
3. Use Tooling (B) to install bearing (7) until the contaminants. Never clean the surfaces with
bearing contacts retaining ring (6). Make sure that gasoline, naphtha, or other solvents which leave a
bearing (7) is oriented square to the bore before film after drying.
you apply pressure with Tooling (B). 5. After cleaning the surfaces, apply Tooling (F) on
either the metal surface of seals (5) or the mating
surface. Tooling (F) will leave behind a catalyst.
This will decrease the amount of time that is
needed for the sealant to cure. For faster curing,
Tooling (F) can be applied to both surfaces. Allow
one to two minutes for Tooling (F) to dry prior to
applying Tooling (E). The maximum storage life of
Tooling (F) is 12 months.

6. After Tooling (F) is dry, apply Tooling (E) to the


outside surface of seals (5). Use Tooling (C) to
install seals (5) in the equalizer bar.

7. Repeat Steps 2 through 6 on the other end of the


equalizer bar.
Illustration 260 g00618958

4. Use Tooling (A) to install retaining ring (6) in the


equalizer bar.
SENR8327 83
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 263 g00618967 Illustration 265 g00618951

Note: The surface of the seal outside diameter and


the counterbore in the equalizer bar should be clean,
dry, free from grease, oil, and loosely adhering
contaminants. Never clean the surfaces with
gasoline, naphtha, or other solvents which leave a
film after drying.
10. After cleaning the surfaces, apply Tooling (F) on
either the metal surface of seals (1) or the mating
surface. Tooling (F) will leave behind a catalyst.
This will decrease the amount of time that is
needed for the sealant to cure. For faster curing,
Tooling (F) can be applied to both surfaces. Allow
one to two minutes for Tooling (F) to dry prior to
applying Tooling (E). The maximum storage life of
Illustration 264 g00618953
Tooling (F) is 12 months.

8. Place center bearing (2) in position. Make sure that Note: The seals for the center pin are different sizes.
bearing (2) is oriented square to the bore before Make sure that the seals are installed in the correct
you apply pressure. bores.
11. Apply Tooling (E) to the outside surface of seals
9. Use Tooling (D) to install two bearings (2) even with (1). Use Tooling (C) to install seals (1).
the front of the equalizer bar.
Note: You must adjust Tooling (D) several times
during the installation of the center bearing.

Note: The seals for the center pin are different sizes.
Make sure that the seals are installed in the correct
bores.

Illustration 266 g00618954

12. Install hydraulic fittings (3) and relief valves (4).


End By:
Install the equalizer bar. Refer to Disassembly and
Assembly, “Equalizer Bar - Install”.
84 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i05306744

Equalizer Bar - Install


SMCS Code: 7206-012

S/N: 7XM1–Up
S/N: 9EM1–2497

Installation Procedure
Table 22
Required Tools

Part Description Qty


Tool
Number
Illustration 267 g00620990
4C-4089 Transmission Jack 1
A
4C-4090 Holding Tool 1 Note: The equalizer bar weighs 240 kg (540 lb).
1. Position the equalizer bar under the machine.
Electric Hydraulic Pump Gp
Attach nylon straps to each end of the equalizer
350-7768 115v 1
bar. Use a suitable lifting device to raise one end of
the equalizer bar to contact with the main frame
Electric Hydraulic Pump Gp
350-7769
rail. Raise the other end of the equalizer bar.
230v 1

6V-3170 Double Acting Cylinder 1

B 6V-4871 Bar Assembly - Reaction 1

5P-4776 Puller Studs 2


5P-8250 Washers 2
1A-1935 Full Nuts 2
5P-4184 Puller Stud 1
4K-0684 Hard Washer 1
7H-7539 Full Nut 1
9U-7536 Lift Stand 2

C 9U-7528 Tube Assembly 2


Illustration 268 g00620992
4C-5809 Electric Hydraulic Pump 1

2. Position tool (A) under the equalizer bar. Fasten


the equalizer bar in the holding tool.

3. Apply 5P-3413 Sealant to the counterbores for lip


When you are using hydraulic cylinders and pull-
er studs, always ensure that the rated capacity of seals (8).
the puller stud meets or exceeds the rated ca-
4. Install spacer (7) on each side of the equalizer bar.
pacity of the hydraulic cylinder. If the puller stud
does not meet or exceed the rated capacity of the
hydraulic cylinder, a sudden failure of the puller
stud could occur. The sudden failure of the puller
stud could result in personal injury or death.

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Equalizer Bar”Specifications, Equalizer Bar in the
Service Manual for your machine.

Note: The side of the equalizer bar that must be


oriented toward the front of the machine is stamped
with the component part number and the word
“FRONT” .
SENR8327 85
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 269 g00620993 Illustration 271 g00621003

5. Use tool (A) to position equalizer bar (6) in the


equalizer bar saddle.

6. Apply 5P-3931 Anti-Seize Compound to the rear


surface of the equalizer bar center pin and to the
front bore of the equalizer bar saddle.

Note: Make sure that the 5P-3931 Anti-Seize


Compound does not contaminate the bearing areas
of the equalizer bar.

7. Use tool (A) to align the bores in the equalizer bar


saddle with the bore in the equalizer bar. Begin the
installation of equalizer bar center pin (5) manually.

Illustration 272 g03366931

9. Install plate (4) and bolts (3) on the equalizer bar


saddle.

Illustration 270 g00621001

8. Use tool (B) to complete the installation of


equalizer bar center pin (5). The end of the center
pin must be even with the rear surface of the
saddle. Illustration 273 g00621005

10. Align the bore in the equalizer bar and the bores
in the track roller frame. Install equalizer bar end
pin (2) with the tapered end toward the front of the
machine.
86 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 23, contd)


Required Tools

Part Description Qty


Tool
Number
Electric Hydraulic Pump Gp
350-7768 115v 1

Electric Hydraulic Pump Gp


350-7769 230v 1

6V-3170 Double Acting Cylinder 1

B 6V-4871 Bar Assembly - Reaction 1

Illustration 274 g00621007 9U-5343 Puller Studs 2


6V-8237 Washers 2
11. Tighten bolts (1) that hold the equalizer bar end
7X-0851 Nuts 2
pin in place. Tighten the bolts to a torque of
1600 ± 200 N·m (1180 ± 150 lb ft). Remove tool 9U-5344 Puller Stud 1
(C). 9X-8399 Washer 1

12. Remove the two relief valves at the end of the 9U-5346 Nut 1
equalizer bar. Use tool (D) to fill the bearing cavity 9U-7536 Lift Stand 2
of the equalizer bar with lubricant until oil Tube Assembly
C 9U-7528 2
discharges from the relief valve ports. Then, install
the relief valves. 4C-5809 Electric Hydraulic Pump 1

Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance


Manual, SEBU6891, “Equalizer Bar End Pins Oil
Level - Check”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Equalizer Bar End Pins Oil Level - Check in the When you are using hydraulic cylinders and pull-
Service Manual for your machine. er studs, always ensure that the rated capacity of
End By: the puller stud meets or exceeds the rated ca-
pacity of the hydraulic cylinder. If the puller stud
Install the bottom guards. Refer to Disassembly does not meet or exceed the rated capacity of the
and Assembly, SENR8331, “Bottom Guard - hydraulic cylinder, a sudden failure of the puller
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Bottom stud could occur. The sudden failure of the puller
Guard - Install in the Service Manual for your stud could result in personal injury or death.
machine.

i05306743
Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
“Equalizer Bar”Specifications, Equalizer Bar in the
Equalizer Bar - Install Service Manual for your machine.

SMCS Code: 7206-012 Note: The side of the equalizer bar that must be
oriented toward the front of the machine is stamped
S/N: 9EM2498–2650 with the component part number and the word
“FRONT” .
S/N: 9EM2661–Up

Installation Procedure
Table 23
Required Tools

Part Description Qty


Tool
Number
4C-4089 Transmission Jack 1
A
4C-4090 Holding Tool 1

(continued)
SENR8327 87
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 275 g00620990 Illustration 277 g00620993

Note: The equalizer bar weighs 240 kg (540 lb). 5. Use tool (A) to position equalizer bar (6) in the
1. Position the equalizer bar under the machine. equalizer bar saddle.
Attach nylon straps to each end of the equalizer
bar. Use a suitable lifting device to raise one end of 6. Apply 5P-3931 Anti-Seize Compound to the rear
the equalizer bar to contact with the main frame surface of the equalizer bar center pin and to the
rail. Raise the other end of the equalizer bar. front bore of the equalizer bar saddle.

Note: Make sure that the 5P-3931 Anti-Seize


Compound does not contaminate the bearing areas
of the equalizer bar.

7. Use tool (A) to align the bores in the equalizer bar


saddle with the bore in the equalizer bar. Begin the
installation of equalizer bar center pin (5) manually.

Illustration 276 g00620992

2. Position tool (A) under the equalizer bar. Fasten


the equalizer bar in the holding tool.

3. Apply 5P-3413 Sealant to the counterbores for lip


seals (8).
Illustration 278 g00621001
4. Install spacer (7) on each side of the equalizer bar.
8. Use tool (B) to complete the installation of
equalizer bar center pin (5). The end of the center
pin must be even with the rear surface of the
saddle.
88 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 279 g00621003 Illustration 282 g00621007

11. Tighten bolts (1) that hold the equalizer bar end
pin in place. Tighten the bolts to a torque of
1600 ± 200 N·m (1180 ± 150 lb ft). Remove tool
(C).

12. Remove the two relief valves at the end of the


equalizer bar. Use tool (D) to fill the bearing cavity
of the equalizer bar with lubricant until oil
discharges from the relief valve ports. Then, install
the relief valves.
Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, SEBU6891, “Equalizer Bar End Pins Oil
Level - Check”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Equalizer Bar End Pins Oil Level - Check in the
Illustration 280 g03366931 Service Manual for your machine.

9. Install plate (4) and bolts (3) on the equalizer bar End By:
saddle. Install the bottom guards. Refer to Disassembly
and Assembly, SENR8331, “Bottom Guard -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Bottom
Guard - Install in the Service Manual for your
machine.

i01022221

Pivot Shaft - Remove and


Install
SMCS Code: 4153-010

Removal Procedure
Table 24

Illustration 281 g00621005


Required Tools

Part
10. Align the bore in the equalizer bar and the bores Tool Number Description Qty
in the track roller frame. Install equalizer bar end A 138-7575 Link Bracket 2
pin (2) with the tapered end toward the front of the
machine. B 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1
SENR8327 89
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Start By:
Remove the track roller frames. See the
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Track Roller Frame - Remove”Disassembly
and Assembly, Track Roller Frame - Remove in
this module.

Illustration 284 g00621345

1. Lower the temperature of new bearings (1). Push


each new bearing into the frame until the bearing
contacts the counterbore.

Illustration 283 g00621344

Personal injury or death can result from lifting a


heavy assembly.
Personal injury or death can result from lifting a The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
heavy assembly. hoist to lift the load.
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
hoist to lift the load. heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body
assembly is given below.
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body
assembly is given below. Note: The pivot shaft weighs 440 kg (970 lb).
Note: If the temperature of the pivot shaft is lowered
Note: The pivot shaft weighs 440 kg (970 lb). prior to the installation, installation of the pivot shaft is
1. Install tool (A) on pivot shaft (2). Fasten a suitable easier.
lifting device to the upper link bracket of tool (A). 2. Fasten a suitable lifting device to pivot shaft (2).
Install the pivot shaft into the main frame.
2. Attach tool (B) to the other link bracket of tool (A).
Attach the other end of tool (B) to a stationary 3. Use care when you slide pivot shaft (2) into the
object. machine. Fasten another lifting device to the pivot
shaft for balance during the installation.
3. Use care when you slide pivot shaft (2) from the
machine. Fasten another lifting device to the pivot 4. Install tool (A). Attach tool (B) to tool (A). Move the
shaft for balance during the removal. pivot shaft in the main frame until the pivot shaft
extends equally on both sides.
4. Inspect bearings (1) in the main frame. Replace the
bearings, if necessary. End By:

Installation Procedure Install the track roller frames. See the procedure
in Disassembly and Assembly, “Track Roller
Table 25 Frame - Install”Disassembly and Assembly,
Required Tools Track Roller Frame - Install in this module.

Part
Tool Number Description Qty
A 138-7575 Link Bracket 2
B 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1
90 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022222

Final Drive Planetary Carrier (In


Chassis) - Remove
SMCS Code: 4092-011

Removal Procedure
Table 26
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

1P-0068 Cone 1
1P-0069 Head 1
Illustration 285 g00617850
1P-0071 Jaw 3
8K-8466 Stud (5/8 inch by 18 by 12 1 NOTICE
inch) Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
1A-8285 Nut (5/16 inch by 24) 3
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
A
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
6H-0187 Bolt (5/16 inch by 24 by 1 1/8 3 prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
inch) before opening any compartment or disassembling
1P-5546 Block 1
any component containing fluids.

5P-8247 Washer (3.5 mm by 32 mm) 1 Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar


Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
1B-4206 Nut (5/8 inch by 18) 1 plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
3B-2968 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 3 1/2 3
B
inch) Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
5P-8622 Shackle 1 mandates.
8T-3207 Lifting Bracket 1
1. Rotate the final drive until drain plug (3) is at the
1A-8063 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 2 1/2 2
C bottom.
inch)

5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 mm) 6 Note: The oil capacity of the final drive is 14 L
1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 2 (3.7 US gal).
2. Remove drain plug (3) and drain the oil from the
final drive.
Start By:
Remove the outer drive axle only. See the
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Axle - Remove and Install”Disassembly and
Assembly, Axle - Remove and Install in this
module.

Illustration 286 g00617856


View of inner sun gear (4) with tool (A) in position

3. Install tool (A) in order to hold inner sun gear (4) in


place.
SENR8327 91
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 287 g00617850 Illustration 289 g00617852

4. Remove three equally spaced bolts (2) that hold Note: The planetary carrier weighs 209 kg (460 lb).
planetary carrier (1) to the hub. 8. Install tool (C) and a hoist on the planetary carrier.

5. Install tool (B) in place of the three bolts. 9. Use a pry bar to pull planetary carrier (1) out of the
hub (part of the way).
Note: Tool (B) must be installed to a depth of 25 mm
(1.0 inch) in order to hold the planetary carrier. 10. Remove tool (B).

6. Remove the remaining 26 bolts (2) from the 11. Remove planetary carrier (1) from the hub.
planetary carrier.

Illustration 290 g00617862


Illustration 288 g00619542
12. Remove O-ring seals (5) and (6).
7. Adjust tool (C) so dimension (X) is 145 mm
(5.7 inch). Install the lower plate as shown in
Note: Sun gear (4) is free to fall when tool (A) is
Illustration 288 .
removed. Hold sun gear (4) as tool (A) is removed.
13. Hold sun gear (4) and remove tool (A) from the
planetary carrier.
92 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 27, contd)


6H-0187 Bolt (5/16 inch by 24 by 1 1/8 3
inch)

1P-5546 Block 1
5P-8247 Washer (3.5 mm by 32 mm) 1

1B-4206 Nut (5/8 inch by 18) 1

3B-2968 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 3 1/2 3


B
inch)

5P-8622 Shackle 1
8T-3207 Lifting Bracket 1

1A-8063 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 2 1/2 2


Illustration 291 g00617863 C inch)

5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 6


14. Remove thrust ring (7) from the retainer. mm)

1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 2

D 1P-0520 Driver Group 1

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Final Drive”Specifications, Final Drive in the Service
Manual for your machine.

Illustration 292 g00617864

15. Remove lip seal (8) from the spindle.

i01022223

Final Drive Planetary Carrier (In


Chassis) - Install Illustration 293 g00617864

SMCS Code: 4092-012 Note: Orient the lip of the seal toward the inside of
the hub.
Installation Procedure 1. Use tool (D) to install lip seal (8) in the spindle.
Table 27
2. Apply clean oil to the lip of seal (8).
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

1P-0068 Cone 1
1P-0069 Head 1
1P-0071 Jaw 3
A
8K-8466 Stud (5/8 inch by 18 by 12 1
inch)

1A-8285 Nut (5/16 inch by 24) 3

(continued)
SENR8327 93
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 294 g00617863 Illustration 296 g00617852

3. Apply a small amount of grease to the back of Note: The planetary carrier weighs 209 kg (460 lb).
thrust ring (7) in order to hold the thrust ring in 8. Attach tool (C) and a hoist to the planetary carrier.
place.
9. Install planetary carrier (1) on the hub.
4. Install thrust ring (7).
10. Align the gears and slide the planetary carrier in
the hub.
11. Push the planetary carrier until the planetary
carrier is 25 mm (1.0 inch) from the hub.

12. Thread tool (B)25 mm (1.0 inch) in the hub. Install


tool (B) so that the three bolts are spaced equally.

13. Remove tool (C).

Illustration 295 g00617862

5. Install inner sun gear (4) in the planetary carriers.

6. Install tool (A) in order to hold sun gear (4) in place.

7. Install O-ring seals (5) and (6).

Illustration 297 g00617850

14. Install 26 bolts (2).

15. Remove tool (B).

16. Install the three remaining bolts (2).

17. Tighten bolts (2) to a torque of 430 ± 60 N·m


(320 ± 45 lb ft).

18. Remove tool (A).

19. Fill the final drive with oil.


94 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Reference: See the procedure in Operation and 1. Remove the drain plug from the transmission and
Maintenance Manual, SEBU6891, “Final Drive Oil bevel gear case and drain the power train oil. The
Level - Check”Operation and Maintenance Manual, oil capacity of the power train is 159 L (42 US gal).
Final Drive Oil Level - Check.
End By: 2. Install the drain plug in the transmission and bevel
gear case.
Install the outer drive axle. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Axle - Remove 3. Rotate the final drive until the drain plug is at the
and Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Axle - bottom.
Remove and Install in this module.
4. Remove the drain plug and drain the oil from the
i01024512 final drive. The oil capacity of the final drive is 14 L
(3.7 US gal).
Final Drive, Steering Planetary,
and Brake (Right Side) -
Remove
SMCS Code: 4050-011-RI; 4132-011-RI

Removal Procedure
Table 28
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

8T-3207 Lifting Bracket 1

5P-8622 Shackle 1
1D-4615 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 5 1/2 2 Illustration 298 g00622095
A inch)

1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 2


5. Adjust the top bracket of tool (A) until dimension
(X) is 76 mm (3 inch). Install the lower plate of tool
5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 4 (A) without the spacers.
mm)

Start By:
Separate the track on the right side of the
machine. See the procedure in Disassembly
and Assembly, “Track - Separate”Disassembly
and Assembly, Track - Separate in this module.
Remove the drive axles. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Axle - Remove
and Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Axle -
Remove and Install in this module.

NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
Illustration 299 g00622098
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the machine.
Be prepared to collect the fluid with suitable contain-
ers before opening any compartment or disassem- 6. Remove two bolts from the sprocket segments.
bling any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Tools and Shop Products Guide”, for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids in Caterpil-
lar machines.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.
SENR8327 95
Disassembly and Assembly Section

11. Remove two O-rings (4) and O-ring (6) from the
planetary group and brake (7).
Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
heavy assembly. i04905995

The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect


hoist to lift the load.
Steering Planetary and Brake -
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
Disassemble
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body SMCS Code: 4132-015
assembly is given below.
Disassembly Procedure
7. The weight of the final drive, planetary group, and
Table 29
brake is 794 kg (1750 lb). Install tool (A) and a
hoist on the final drive. Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 138-7575 Link Bracket 3


B 1P-0520 Driver Group 1

Start By:
Remove the right hand final drive, the planetary
group, and the brake. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Final Drive,
Steering Planetary, and Brake (Right Side) -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Final
Drive, Steering Planetary, and Brake (Right
Side) - Remove in this module.
Note: Before disassembly of brake and planetary
Illustration 300 g00622099
assembly, mark the top of the planetary gears, the
sun gear, and the ring gear (if equipped) for assembly
8. Remove bolts (1) that hold the final drive, the purposes.
planetary group, and the brake to the machine.

Note: Do not remove bolts (2) that hold the final


drive, the planetary group, and the brake together.
9. Remove bolts (3) that hold the planetary group and
brake to the machine.

Illustration 302 g00622108

1. Position the final drive, the planetary group, and


the brake as shown in Illustration 302 .
2. Remove the two bolts that hold the planetary group
and brake (1) to final drive (2).
Illustration 301 g00622106

10. Remove the final drive (5), the planetary group, Note: The weight of the planetary group and brake is
and the brake (7). 136 kg (300 lb).
3. Attach tool (A) and a hoist to the planetary group
and brake.
96 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

4. Install three 3/8 inch by 16 forcing screws in the


final drive hub.
5. Tighten the forcing screws evenly in order to
remove the planetary group and brake (1) from
final drive (2).

Illustration 305 g00622111

9. Remove bolts (7) and plate (8).

Illustration 303 g00622109

Personal injury can result from parts and/or cov-


ers under spring pressure.
Spring force will be released when covers are
removed.
Be prepared to hold spring loaded covers as the
bolts are loosened.
Illustration 306 g00622113
6. Remove bolts (3).
Note: Do not allow carrier (10) to fall when the carrier
7. Remove ring gear (4) from housing (5). is pressed from housing (5).
Note: If a shim pack is present between the plate (8)
and planetary carrier (10). Reuse the same shim pack
during assembly only if reusing the same planetary
carrier (10). If a new planetary carrier (10) is being
used the shim should be discarded.
10. Use a press and tool (B) to remove planetary
carrier (10) from housing (5).

11. Remove bearing cone (9) from the housing.

Illustration 304 g00622110

8. Remove four friction discs (6) and three brake


plates from the housing.
SENR8327 97
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 307 g00622127 Illustration 309 g00622142

12. Remove ring (14) from carrier (11). 17. Remove shaft (16), gear (19), two discs (20), and
two bearings (21) from planetary carrier (11).
13. Remove bolts (13).
18. Remove pin (17) from shaft (16).
14. Remove slinger (12) from the carrier.
19. Repeat Steps 16 through 18 for the two remaining
planetary gears.
NOTICE
The component is destroyed if the component is 20. Remove ring gear (18) from carrier (11).
removed.

15. If necessary, remove bearing cone (15) from


carrier (11).

Illustration 310 g00622132

Illustration 308 g00622128 Personal injury can result from parts and/or cov-
ers under spring pressure.
16. Use a hammer and a punch to push pin (17) in
shaft (16). Spring force will be released when covers are
removed.
Be prepared to hold spring loaded covers as the
bolts are loosened.

21. Remove bolts (22).

22. Remove retainer (23) from piston (24).


98 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

28. If necessary, replace the O-ring seals.

Illustration 311 g00622155

23. If necessary, remove bearing cups (25) from Illustration 314 g00622158
retainer (23).
29. Remove spring (30) and ring (31) from housing
24. Remove seal ring (26) from the retainer. (5).

Illustration 312 g00622156 Illustration 315 g00622159

25. Remove piston (24) and O-ring seal (27) from the 30. Remove shuttle valve (32) from the housing.
housing.
i04905996

Steering Planetary and Brake -


Assemble
SMCS Code: 4132-016

Assembly Procedure
Table 30
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 138-7575 Link Bracket 3

Illustration 313 g00622157 Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Brake and Planetary”Specifications, Brake and
26. Remove seal ring (28) from piston (24). Planetary in the Service Manual for your machine.
27. Inspect the O-ring seals.
SENR8327 99
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 316 g00622159


Illustration 319 g00622156
1. Install shuttle valve (32) in the housing.
5. Install piston (24) and O-ring seal (27) in the
housing.

Illustration 317 g00622158

Note: Orient the disc spring with the outer edge Illustration 320 g00622155
downward.
2. Install ring (31) and spring (30) in housing (5). 6. Lower the temperature of bearing cups (25). Install
bearing cups (25) in retainer (23).

Note: Orient the seal ring with the lip downward. see
Illustration 320 .
7. Install seal ring (26) in retainer (23). Apply clean oil
to seal ring (26).

Illustration 318 g00622157

3. Apply clean oil to seal ring (28).

Note: Orient the seal ring with the lip downward. see
Illustration 318 .
4. Install seal ring (28) in piston (24).
100 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 321 g00622132 Illustration 323 g00622128

8. Install retainer (23) on piston (24). Align the oil Note: If the rubber in pin (17) is damaged, replace pin
passage in retainer (23) with the oil passage and (17).
the O-ring seal in the housing. Install bolts (22). 12. Align the hole in shaft (16) with the hole in carrier
(11) and install pin (17). Install pin (17) until the pin
is even with the surface of carrier (11).

13. Repeat Steps 10 through 12 for the two remaining


planetary gears.

Illustration 322 g00622142

9. Install sun gear (18) in planetary carrier (11).

10. Install two bearings (21) in planetary gear (19).


Illustration 324 g00622127
11. Install discs (20) and planetary gear (19) in carrier
(11). Install shaft (16). Note: If bearing cone (15) was removed from
planetary carrier (11), a new bearing must be
installed.
14. Heat bearing cone (15) to a maximum
temperature of 135 °C (275 °F). Install the bearing
cone on carrier (11).

15. Apply 6V-6640 Sealant to the flange of slinger


(12).

16. Install slinger (12) on carrier (11). Install bolts (13).

17. Install ring (14) in carrier (11).


SENR8327 101
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 325 g00622176 Illustration 327 g00622110

18. Position housing (5) on carrier (11). 22. Install four friction discs (6) and three brake
plates. Alternate the friction discs and the brake
19. Heat bearing cone (9) to a maximum temperature plates.
of 135 °C (275 °F). Install bearing cone (9) on
carrier (11).

Illustration 328 g00622109

Illustration 326 g00622111 23. Position ring gear (4) on housing (5).

20. Position plate (8) on the carrier. 24. Install bolts (3).

Note: Install shim pack between plate (8) and


planetary carrier(11), only if there was a shim pack
originally installed in the differential group and if the
same planetary carrier (11) is being reused . Shim
pack thickness should be 0.23 mm (0.009 inch).

21. Install bolts (7).

Illustration 329 g00622108

Note: The weight of the planetary group and brake is


135 kg (300 lb).
102 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

25. Use a hoist and tool (A) in order to position the


planetary group and brake (1) on final drive (2).
Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
26. Install the two bolts that hold the planetary group
heavy assembly.
and brake on the final drive.
End By: The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
hoist to lift the load.
Install the right hand final drive, the planetary Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
group, and the brake. See the procedure in heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body
Disassembly and Assembly, “Final Drive, assembly is given below.
Steering Planetary, and Brake (Right Side) -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Final Drive,
Steering Planetary, and Brake (Right Side) - Note: The weight of the final drive, planetary group,
Install in this module.
and brake is 800 kg (1750 lb).
2. Install tool (A) and a hoist to final drive (5).
i01024513
3. Adjust tool (A) in order to level the final drive.
Final Drive, Steering Planetary,
4. Install the final drive, the planetary group, and the
and Brake (Right Side) - Install brake on the machine.
SMCS Code: 4050-012-RI; 4132-012-RI

Installation Procedure
Table 31
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

8T-3207 Lifting Bracket 1

5P-8622 Shackle 1
1D-4615 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 5 1/2 2
A inch)

1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 2

5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 mm) 4


Illustration 331 g00622099

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324, 5. Install bolts (1).


“Final Drive”Specifications, Final Drive in the Service
Manual for your machine. 6. Use bolts (1) to pull the final drive, the planetary
group, and the brake to the machine.

7. Install bolts (3).

8. Tighten bolts (1) to a torque of 750 ± 90 N·m


(550 ± 65 lb ft).

9. Tighten bolts (3) to a torque of 105 ± 20 N·m


(78 ± 15 lb ft).

10. Remove tool (A).

11. Apply SAE 30W oil to the threads of the two


sprocket segment bolts.

12. Install the two bolts, the nuts, and the washers in
Illustration 330 g00622106 the sprocket segment.

1. Inspect O-ring seals (4) and (6). If necessary, 13. Tighten the nuts to a torque of 300 ± 50 N·m
replace the O-ring seals. Apply clean oil to the O- (220 ± 37 lb ft). Tighten the nuts by another 1/3
ring seals. Install O-ring seals (4) and (6). turn. The final torque must be a minimum of
570 N·m (420 lb ft).
SENR8327 103
Disassembly and Assembly Section

NOTICE
14. Fill the final drive with oil.
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
Reference: See the procedure in Operation and tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
Maintenance Manual, SEBU6891, “Final Drive Oil nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
Level - Check”Operation and Maintenance Manual, prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
Final Drive Oil Level - Check. before opening any compartment or disassembling
any component containing fluids.
15. Fill the transmission and bevel gear case with oil.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Reference: See the procedure in Operation and Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
Maintenance Manual, SEBU6891, “Transmission plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
System Oil Level - Check”Operation and lar products.
Maintenance Manual, Transmission System Oil Level Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
- Check. mandates.
End By:
Install the drive axles. See the procedure in Note: The oil capacity of the final drive is 14 L
Disassembly and Assembly, “Axle - Remove (3.7 US gal).
and Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Axle - 2. Remove the drain plug from the final drive. Drain
Remove and Install in this module. the oil from the final drive.
Connect the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Connect”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Connect in this module.

i01022224

Final Drive - Remove


SMCS Code: 4050-011

Removal Procedure
Table 32
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty Illustration 332 g00619544

8T-3207 Lifting Bracket 1


3. Adjust tool (A) until dimension (X) is equal to
5P-8622 Shackle 1 145 mm (5.7 inch). Install the lower bracket as
1D-4615 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 5 1/2 2 shown in Illustration 332 .
A inch)

1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 2

5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 mm) 4

Start By:
Separate the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Separate”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Separate in this module.
Remove the outer drive axle only. See the
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Axle - Remove and Install”Disassembly and
Assembly, Axle - Remove and Install in this
module. Illustration 333 g00617868

1. Rotate the final drive until the drain plug is at the


4. Remove two bolts from the sprocket segments.
bottom.
104 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 33, contd)


8H-0684 Ratchet Wrench 1
Personal injury or death can result from lifting a 8B-7554 Bearing Cup Puller 1
heavy assembly.
D 138-7573 Link Bracket 2
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
E 138-7573 Link Bracket 3
hoist to lift the load.
1P-0520 Driver Group 1
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body 6V-3160 Double Acting Cylinder 1
assembly is given below.
Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 7 4
1D-4620
inch)
F
Note: The final drive weighs 670 kg (1480 lb). FT-1934 Beam 1
5. Install a hoist and tool (A) on final drive (4).
Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 4
5P-8248
mm)

9U-6600 Hand Hydraulic Pump 1

G 138-7574 Link Bracket 2

Start By:
Remove the final drive. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Final Drive -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Final
Drive - Remove in this module.

Illustration 334 g00622099

Note: Do not remove two bolts (3).


6. Remove bolts (1) .

7. Remove two bolts (2).

8. Use tool (A) and the hoist to remove the final drive
from the machine.
9. Remove the O-ring seal from the face of the final
drive hub.
Illustration 335 g00619547

i01022225
Note: Planetary carrier (2) weighs 110 kg (240 lb).
1. Install tool (A) and a hoist on the planetary carrier.
Final Drive - Disassemble
SMCS Code: 4050-015 2. Remove bolts (3).

3. Remove planetary carrier (2) from the hub.


Disassembly Procedure
Table 33 4. Remove the O-ring seal from planetary carrier (2).
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 138-7575 Link Bracket 2

B 1P-0510 Driver Group 1

C 8B-7548 Push-Puller Tool Gp 1

(continued)
SENR8327 105
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 336 g00617878 Illustration 338 g00617883

5. Remove the bolts from plates (1). 10. Remove bearing cones (6) from gears (5).

6. Remove plates (1).

7. Remove the O-ring seals from plates (1).

Illustration 339 g00619549

11. Use tool (C) to remove the bearing cups from


planetary gears (5).
Illustration 337 g00617881

8. Use tool (B) and a press to remove shafts (4) from


the planetary carrier.

9. Remove planetary gears (5) from the planetary


carrier.
106 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 340 g00617875

Illustration 341 g00619552 Illustration 342 g00617887

Note: Sun gear (27) is free to fall if the sun gear stays 13. Turn over planetary carrier (8) and sun gear (7).
with planetary carrier (8).
14. Remove spiral ring (9) from sun gear (7).
Note: Planetary carrier (8) and sun gear (7) weigh
46 kg (101 lb).
12. Use tool (D) and a hoist to remove planetary Note: Planetary carrier (8) weighs 37 kg (82 lb).
carrier (8) and sun gear (7) from the hub. 15. Use a hoist to remove planetary carrier (8) from
sun gear (7).
SENR8327 107
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 343 g00617889 Illustration 345 g00617891

16. Remove the bolts and retainers (10). 21. Remove bolts (14) and retainer (15).

17. Use a press and tool (B) to remove the shafts 22. Use a magnet to remove fifteen pins from the hub.
from planetary carrier (8).

18. Remove gears (11) from planetary carrier (8).

Illustration 346 g00619558

Note: Hub (16) and ring gear (17) weigh 80 kg


Illustration 344 g00617890 (176 lb).
23. Install tool (E) and a hoist on hub (16).
19. Remove bearings (12) from planetary gears (11).
24. Remove hub (16) and ring gear (17).
20. Remove the lock rings and bearing cups (13) from
planetary gears (11). 25. Remove tool (E).

26. Turn over hub (16) and ring gear (17).

27. Remove the retainer ring from ring gear (17).

Note: Hub (16) weighs 22 kg (49 lb).


28. Remove hub (16) from ring gear (17).
108 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

NOTICE
The component may be damaged if the component is
removed.

41. If necessary, remove bearing cone (25) from hub


(20).

42. Remove lip seal (26) from hub (20).

43. Orient hub (20) with the spline downward.


Support the hub securely.

Illustration 347 g00619568

29. Install tool (F) on hub (19).

30. Use tool (F) to loosen hub (19) from hub (20).

31. Remove tool (F).

32. Remove bearing cone (18) from hub (19).

Illustration 349 g00617900

44. Use a torch to heat the bearing cage evenly.


Apply heat to the bearing cage until the bearing
cage falls.

45. Use a torch to heat the bearing race evenly. Apply


heat to the bearing race until the bearing race falls.
Note: Handle the hot parts carefully in order to
Illustration 348 g00619569 avoid injury.

Note: Hub (19) weighs 280 kg (620 lb). 46. Inspect hub (20) in order to determine the
33. Install tool (G) and a hoist on hub (19). reusability of the hub.

34. Remove hub (19) from hub (20). i01022226

35. Turn over hub (19). Final Drive - Assemble


SMCS Code: 4050-016
Note: Mark the Duo-Cone seals so the seals can be
aligned and installed correctly in the assembly
procedure. Assembly Procedure
36. Remove Duo-Cone seal (21). Table 34
Required Tools
37. Use a hammer and a punch to remove bearing
cup (22). Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 138-7575 Link Bracket 2


38. Turn over hub (19).
B 138-7573 Link Bracket 2
39. Use a hammer and a punch to remove bearing
cup (23).
(continued)
40. Remove Duo-Cone seal (24) from hub (20).
SENR8327 109
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 34, contd)


C 138-7573 Link Bracket 3
D 138-7574 Link Bracket 2

E 1P-0520 Driver Group 1

F 1U-6437 Duo-Cone Seal Installer 1

G 8T-2827 Spacer 1

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Final Drive”Specifications, Final Drive in the Service
Manual for your machine.

Illustration 350 g00617901

1. Use tool (E) to install lip seal (26) in hub (20).

2. Apply clean oil to lip seal (26).

3. Heat bearing cone (25) to a maximum temperature


of 135 °C (275 °F).

4. Install bearing cone (25) on hub (20).


110 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 351 g00619583 Illustration 353 g00619596

5. Use tool (F) to install Duo-Cone seals (24) on hub Note: Hub (19) weighs 280 kg (620 lb).
(20). 9. Install tool (D) and a hoist on hub (19).

Reference: See the procedure in Disassembly and 10. Use tool (D) and a hoist to position hub (19)
Assembly, “Duo-Cone Conventional Seals - carefully on hub (20).
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Duo-Cone
Conventional Seals - Install in this module. 11. Heat bearing cone (18) to a maximum
temperature of 135 °C (275 °F).

12. Install bearing cone (18) on the hub.

13. Position tool (G) on bearing cone (18).

Illustration 352 g00619584

6. Lower the temperature of bearing cups (23) and


(22).

7. Install bearing cups (23) and (22) in hub (19). Illustration 354 g00617891

8. Use tool (F) to install the Duo-Cone seal in hub 14. Install retainer (15).
(19).
15. Rotate hub (19) as bolts (14) are tightened to a
Reference: See the procedure in Disassembly and torque of 135 ± 20 N·m (100 ± 15 lb ft).
Assembly, “Duo-Cone Conventional Seals -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Duo-Cone 16. Allow bearing cone (18) to return to room
Conventional Seals - Install in this module. temperature before removing retainer (15) and tool
(G).

17. Remove retainer (15) and tool (G).

18. Position hub (16) in ring gear (17).

19. Install the retainer ring.

20. Turn over hub (16) and ring gear (17).


SENR8327 111
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 357 g00617890


Illustration 355 g00618588
28. Install bearing cones (12) and bearing cups (13)
Note: Hub (16) and ring gear (17) weigh 80 kg in planetary gears (11).
(176 lb).
21. Install tool (C) and a hoist in hub (16). 29. Install planetary gears (11) in planetary carrier (8).

22. Position hub (16) and ring gear (17) in hub (19). 30. Lower the temperature of the planetary gear
shafts.
23. Install fifteen pins in hub (16). Hub (16) should be
below the end of hub (20).

Illustration 358 g00617889

Illustration 356 g00619589 31. Use a press to install the planetary gear shafts.

24. Position retainer (15) on the hub and install bolts 32. Install retainers and bolts (10).
(14).
33. Tighten bolts (10) to a torque of 50 ± 10 N·m
25. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 135 ± 20 N·m (37 ± 7 lb ft).
(100 ± 15 lb ft).
Note: Hub (20) and retainer (15) must be in metal to
metal contact.
26. Use a feeler gauge to measure the clearance
between retainer (15) and the pins. The correct
clearance between retainer (15) and the pins is
0.08 ± 0.05 mm (0.003 ± 0.002 inch).

27. Install ring (28) in retainer (15).


112 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 359 g00617887 Illustration 361 g00617883

Note: Planetary carrier (8) weighs 37 kg (82 lb). 42. Install bearing cones (6) in planetary gears (5).
34. Use a hoist to position planetary carrier (8) on sun
gear (7). 43. Install planetary gears (5) in planetary carrier (2).

35. Install spiral ring (9). 44. Lower the temperature of shafts (4).

36. Install sun gear (27) and ring (28).

Illustration 362 g00617881

Illustration 360 g00618251 45. Install shafts (4) in planetary carrier (2).

Note: Planetary carrier (8) and sun gears (7) and (27) 46. Turn over carrier (2).
weigh 46 kg (101 lb).
37. Install tool (B) and a hoist on planetary carrier (8)
and sun gears (7) and (27).

38. Align the gears in planetary carrier (8) with ring


gear (17) and sun gear (27).

39. Lower planetary carrier (8) in the final drive. Sun


gear (27) should engage the planetary gears. Ring
(28) should stay in the correct position.

40. Lower the temperature of the bearing cups.

41. Install the bearing cups in planetary gears (5).


SENR8327 113
Disassembly and Assembly Section

56. Use tool (A) and a hoist to position planetary


carrier (2) on hub (19).

57. Install bolts (3) that hold planetary carrier (2) to


hub (19).

58. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 430 ± 60 N·m


(320 ± 45 lb ft).

59. Remove tool (A).


End By:
Install the final drive. Refer to Disassembly and
Assembly, “Final Drive - Install”Disassembly
and Assembly, Final Drive - Install in this
Illustration 363 g00619593 module.

47. Use a depth micrometer to measure the i01022227


difference between shafts (4) and the machined
surface of carrier (2). The correct dimension is Final Drive - Install
0.08 ± 0.05 mm (0.003 ± 0.002 inch).
SMCS Code: 4050-012
48. Install the O-ring seals on plates (1).
Installation Procedure
49. Install plates (1) and bolts on shafts (4). Table 35

Note: Shafts (4) and plates (1) must be in metal to Required Tools
metal contact. Tool Part Number Description Qty
50. Drive plates (1) until plates (1) are flush with 8T-3207 Lifting Bracket 1
planetary carrier (2).
5P-8622 Shackle 1
51. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 50 ± 10 N·m 1D-4615 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 5 1/2 2
(37 ± 7 lb ft). A inch)

1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 2

5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 mm) 4

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Final Drive”Specifications, Final Drive in the Service
Manual for your machine.

1. Inspect the O-ring seals. If necessary, replace the


O-ring seals. Apply clean oil to the O-ring seals
before assembly.

2. Install the O-ring seal on the face of the final drive


hub.

Illustration 364 g00619547

Note: Planetary carrier (2) weighs 110 kg (242 lb).


52. Install tool (A) and a hoist on planetary carrier (2). Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
heavy assembly.
53. Install the O-ring seal on planetary carrier (2).
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
54. Install the O-ring seal on the face of hub (19). hoist to lift the load.
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
55. Align the drain hole in planetary carrier (2) with heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body
the drain hole in hub (19). assembly is given below.
114 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 365 g00619544 Illustration 367 g00617868

Note: The final drive weighs 670 kg (1480 lb). 8. Remove tool (A) from final drive (4).
3. Install tool (A) and a hoist on the final drive. If
necessary, adjust dimension (X) on tool (A) in 9. Apply SAE 30W to the threads on the two bolts of
order to level the final drive. the sprocket segment.

4. Install the final drive on the machine. 10. Install the two bolts, the two nuts, and the
washers in the sprocket segment.

11. Tighten the two nuts to a torque of 300 ± 50 N·m


(220 ± 37 lb ft). Tighten the nuts by another 1/3
turn. The final torque must be a minimum of
570 N·m (420 lb ft).

12. Fill the final drive with oil.

Reference: See the procedure in Operation and


Maintenance Manual, SEBU6891, “Final Drive Oil
Level - Check”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Final Drive Oil Level - Check.
End By:
Install the outer drive axle. See the procedure in
Illustration 366 g00622099
Disassembly and Assembly, “Axle - Remove
and Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Axle -
5. Install two bolts (2). Remove and Install in this module.
6. Install bolts (1). Connect the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
7. Tighten bolts (1) to a torque of 750 ± 90 N·m Connect”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
(550 ± 65 lb ft). Connect in this module.
SENR8327 115
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01024509
NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
Final Drive, Steering tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
Differential, and Brake (Left nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
Side) - Remove before opening any compartment or disassembling
SMCS Code: 4050-011-LT; 4131-011 any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Removal Procedure Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
Table 36 plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.
FT-1952 Axle Removal Tool 1
A
1U-7432 Adapter Assembly 1 Note: The oil capacity of the power train is 159 L
8T-3207 Lifting Bracket 1 (42 US gal).
1. Remove the plug from the bottom of the
5P-8622 Shackle 1 transmission and bevel gear case. Drain the power
1D-4615 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 5 1/2 2 train oil.
B inch)
2. Loosen the bolts in the suction screen in order to
1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 2 drain the oil from the suction tube.
5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 mm) 4
3. Install the drain plug in the bottom of the
1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 1 transmission and bevel gear case.
5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 mm) 2 4. Tighten the bolts on the cover of the suction
138-7574 Link Bracket 1 screen.
138-7575 Link Bracket 1
C 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1
1A-1460 Bolt (1/2 inch by 13 by 2 inch) 1

5P-8245 Washer (3 mm by 25.5 mm) 1

1A-8063 Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 2 1/2 1


inch)

Start By:
Separate the track. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track -
Separate”Disassembly and Assembly, Track -
Separate in this module.
Illustration 368 g00619134
Remove the steering motor. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, SENR8331,
“Steering Motor - Remove”. 5. Remove six bolts (1) from adapter (2) for the
steering motor.
Remove the drive axles. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Axle - Remove 6. Install three 3/8 inch by 16 forcing bolts in holes (9)
and Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Axle - in order to remove the adapter from the main case.
Remove and Install in this module.
116 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

11. Insert tool (A)940 mm (37 inch) in the final drive


housing.

12. Rotate tool (A) by 180 degrees.

13. Pull tool (A) until the sliding carrier stops.

14. Rotate tool (A) by 180 degrees and remove tool


(A).

Illustration 369 g00619136

7. If necessary, remove O-ring seal (3).

Illustration 372 g00619139

15. See Illustration 372 for the correct adjustment of


tool (B).

Personal injury or death can result from lifting a


Illustration 370 g00619137 heavy assembly.

8. Rotate the final drive until drain plug (4) is at the The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
hoist to lift the load.
bottom.
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
9. Remove plug (4). Drain the oil from the final drive. heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body
assembly is given below.
10. Install drain plug (4).

Illustration 373 g00619173


Illustration 371 g00619138

Note: The weight of the final drive, differential, and


Note: Use tool (A) to slide the sliding carrier off the
brake assembly is 850 kg (1875 lb).
bevel gear shaft.
SENR8327 117
Disassembly and Assembly Section

16. Remove two sprocket bolts. Install tool (B) and a i04980311
hoist.
Steering Differential and Brake
17. Remove seven bolts (10) from the final drive
flange. - Disassemble
SMCS Code: 4131-015
18. Install tool (C).
Disassembly Procedure
Table 37
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 138-7573 Link Bracket 2


B 3K-4897 Spring Pin 8

C 6V-4072 Spanner Wrench 1

9S-9154 Step Plate 1

6V-3009 Bar 1
8S-6470 Forcing Bolt 1

Illustration 374 g00619176 D 8S-5133 Plug 1

5P-8245 Washer 4
19. Remove bolts (5) and two bolts (7). Do not
1D-4719 Nut 2
remove two bolts (6).
2H-6488 Bolt 2
20. Pull out the unit of the final drive, the steering
9S-9154 Step Plate 1
differential, and the brake by approximately 25 mm
(1 inch). The assembly should be free. 6V-3009 Bar 1
8S-6470 Forcing Bolt 1
21. Use tool (C) to rotate the assembly by 45 to 60
degrees counterclockwise. 8S-5133 Plug 1
E
5P-8245 Washer 4
1D-4719 Nut (1/2 inch by 13) 2

1D-4574 Bolt 2
8H-0663 Bearing Puller 1

F 138-7575 Link Bracket 3


8B-7550 Leg 2

8B-7559 Adapter 2

3H-0465 Plate 4
1P-0498 Plate 1
1B-4207 Nut 2

G 5H-9976 Forcing Bolt 1


Illustration 375 g00619177
5B-0637 Nut 1
22. Remove the unit of the final drive, the steering 8H-0684 Ratchet Wrench 1
differential, and the brake.
8B-7563 Handle 1
23. Remove O-rings (8). 5F-7353 Washer (Thrust) 1

8B-7548 Push-Puller Tool Gp 1


118 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Start By:
Remove the left final drive, the steering
differential, and the brake. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, “Final Drive,
Steering Differential, and Brake (Left Side) -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Final
Drive, Steering Differential, and Brake (Left
Side) - Remove in this module.

Illustration 378 g00619458

5. Remove remaining two bolts (2) and slinger (4)


from planetary carrier (7).

6. Remove retaining ring (5), the thrust ring, and


planetary carrier (7) from ring gear (6).

Illustration 376 g00619455

1. Remove bolts (1) and washers.

2. Remove bolts (2).

Illustration 379 g00619468

7. Remove seal ring (9) from planetary carrier (7).

8. Use a hammer and a punch to push pin (10) in


shaft (8).

Illustration 377 g00619457

3. Install Tooling (A) and a suitable lifting device.

4. Remove sliding carrier (3).


Note: The weight of the planetary carrier is
approximately 48 kg (105 lb).
SENR8327 119
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 380 g00619469


Illustration 383 g00619479
9. Remove shaft (8), planetary gear (11), discs (13),
and bearing (12) from planetary carrier (7). 14. Use Tooling (B) to compress the retaining ring that
holds carrier (15) in ring gear (6).
10. Remove pin (10) from shaft (8).
15. Separate planetary carrier (15) from ring gear (6).
11. Repeat Steps 8 through 10 for the three remaining
planetary gears. 16. Remove the retaining ring from planetary carrier
(15).

17. Use a hammer and a punch to push pin (20) in


shaft (19).

Illustration 381 g00619471

12. Remove sun gear (14) from planetary carrier (15).

Illustration 384 g00619480

18. Remove shaft (19), planetary gear (21), discs


(23), and bearing (22) from planetary carrier (15).

19. Remove pin (20) from shaft (19).

20. Repeat Steps 17 through 19 for the two remaining


planetary gears.

Illustration 382 g00619478

13. Remove bolts (16), plate (17), and gear (18) from
the carrier.
120 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 385 g00619481 Illustration 387 g00619487

21. Place a bolt in the teeth of pinion gear (24) in 27. Use Tooling (D) to force pinion (24) from bearing
order to prevent movement. cone (30) and carrier (29).

Illustration 386 g00619482 Illustration 388 g00619484

22. Bend the tang on lock washer (26) away from nut 28. Use Tooling (E) to remove bearing cone (31) from
(28). pinion (24).

23. Use Tooling (C) to remove nut (28) from the


pinion.

24. Remove lockwasher (26) and washer (25) from


the pinion.

25. Remove bolt (27).

26. Remove carrier (29) from the support bracket.

Illustration 389 g00619488

29. Remove bearing cups (32) from carrier (29).


SENR8327 121
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Note: The weight of the brake housing is


approximately 150 kg (335 lb).

Personal injury can result from parts and/or cov-


ers under spring pressure.
Spring force will be released when covers are
removed.
Be prepared to hold spring loaded covers as the
bolts are loosened.

35. Remove bolts (40).


Illustration 390 g00619489
36. Remove brake housing (39) from the final drive
30. Remove bolts (33). housing (41).
31. Remove support bracket (34) and shims (35) from
the housing.

Illustration 391 g00619490

32. Remove bolts (36).

33. Remove bevel gear (37) from housing (38).

Illustration 392 g00619491

34. Attach tool (F) and a suitable lifting device to


brake housing (39).
122 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 393 g03161380

Personal injury can result from parts and/or cov-


ers under spring pressure.
Spring force will be released when covers are
removed.
Be prepared to hold spring loaded covers as the
bolts are loosened.

37. Remove three bolts and three washers (42).

38. Remove retainer (51) and thrust washer (50).

39. Remove hub (47), four friction discs (43), and the
Illustration 394 g00619494
three brake plates.

40. If necessary, remove ring (44) from hub (47). 43. Remove retainer (49), piston (55), spring (54) and
O-ring seal (57) from brake housing (39).
41. Remove thrust washer (53).
44. Remove shuttle valve (67).
42. Remove six bolts (45) slowly. Remove six bolts
(45) evenly. 45. Remove seal ring (52) from retainer (49).

46. Remove seal ring (56) from piston (55).


SENR8327 123
Disassembly and Assembly Section

47. Remove six bolts (46), plate (48), and the shims.

Illustration 397 g00619498

Illustration 395 g00619495 53. Remove bearing cups (63) and (65), spacer (66),
and retaining ring (64) from brake housing (39).
48. Use Tooling (G) to separate brake housing (39)
and bearing cone (61) from housing (38).
i02596575

49. Remove bearing cone (61).


Steering Differential and Brake
Note: The weight of brake housing (39) is
- Assemble
approximately 77 kg (170 lb). SMCS Code: 4131-016
50. Attach a suitable lifting device and Tooling (F) to
brake housing (39). Assembly Procedure
51. Remove brake housing (39) from housing (38). Table 38
Required Tools
Note: The weight of housing (38) is approximately
25 kg (55 lb) Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 138-7573 Link Bracket 2

B 3K-4897 Spring Pin 8

C 6V-4072 Spanner Wrench 1

D 138-7575 Link Bracket 3


8S-5132 Plate 1
Bolt (3/8 inch by 16 by 1 3/8 3
3B-1915
inch)

6V-8801 Nut (3/8 inch by 16) 3

5M-2894 Washer (2.5 mm by 18.5 mm) 6


E Bolt (5/16 inch by 18 by 1 3/4 1
1B-9575
inch)

Illustration 396 g00619496 1D-4716 Nut (5/16 inch by 18) 1

Washer (0.083 inch by 0.88 2


4B-5270
NOTICE inch)
The component will be destroyed if the component is
4B-5271 Washer (2 mm by 25.5 mm) 2
removed.
F 6V-4980 Torque Screwdriver 1

52. If necessary, remove bearing cone (62) from 6V-4980 Torque Screwdriver 1
housing (38). G
FT-2214 Adapter 1

H 8T-5096 Dial Indicator Group 1


124 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Differential Drive and Brake Group”Specifications,
Differential Drive and Brake Group in the Service
Manual for your machine.

Illustration 400 g00619518

Note: The brake housing weighs 150 kg (335 lb).


6. Use a hoist and tool (D) to position brake housing
(39) on housing (38).
Illustration 398 g00619498
7. Heat bearing cone (61) to a temperature of 135 °C
1. Install retaining ring (64) and spacer (66) in brake (275 °F).
housing (39).
8. Install bearing cone (61) on housing (38).
2. Lower the temperature of bearing cups (63) and
(65). 9. Install plate (49) and three bolts (46).

3. Install the bearing cups in brake housing (39). 10. Install tool (G) on plate (49). Do not install the
shims at this time.
11. Position brake housing (39) on wood blocks in
order to raise housing (38) off the floor.

Illustration 399 g00619496

Note: If bearing cone (62) was removed from housing


(38), a new bearing must be installed.
4. Heat bearing cone (62) to a maximum temperature Illustration 401 g00619522

of 135 °C (275 °F).


12. Use tool (G) to rotate housing (38).
5. Install bearing cone (62) on housing (38). Make
sure that bearing cone (62) is seated on housing 13. Use tool (F) to measure the bearing preload.
(38). Tighten three bolts (46) equally until the proper
preload is reached. The bearing preload should be
3 ± 1 N·m (28 ± 8 lb in).
SENR8327 125
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 402 g00619526

14. When the bearing preload is correct, use a feeler


gauge to measure the gap between the housing
and plate (49) in three places. Average the three
measurements in order to determine the correct
shim pack thickness.

15. Remove three bolts (46) and plate (49).

16. Position the correct shim pack and plate (49) on


the housing.

17. Install three bolts (46).

18. Tighten three bolts to a torque of 47 ± 9 N·m


(35 ± 7 lb ft).

19. Use tool (G) to recheck the bearing preload.

20. Install the three remaining bolts (46).

21. Tighten the three remaining bolts (46) to a torque


of 47 ± 9 N·m (35 ± 7 lb ft).

Illustration 403 g00619494

22. Install shuttle valve (67) and O-ring seal (59) in


the brake housing.
126 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 404 g01299811

23. Position spring (56) in brake housing (39). Spring 32. Position hub (48), thrust washer (51), and retainer
(56) must be installed with the outer edge (52).
downward.
33. Install three bolts (42) (not shown) and the
24. Install seal ring (58) in piston (57). See Illustration washers.
404 . Apply clean oil to the lip of seal ring (58).

25. Install piston (57) in brake housing (39).

26. Install seal ring (53) in retainer (50). See


Illustration 404 . Apply clean oil to the lip of the seal
ring.

27. Position retainer (50) on piston (57). Align the oil


passage in retainer (50) with the oil passage and
O-ring seal (59) in the brake housing.

28. Install six bolts (45).

29. Position thrust washer (54) on retainer (50).

30. Install four friction discs (43) and the three brake Illustration 405 g00619491
plates. Alternate the friction discs and the brake
plates. Note: Brake housing (39) weighs 150 kg (335 lb).
34. Use a hoist and tool (D) to position brake housing
31. Install ring (44) in hub (48). (39) on final drive housing (41).
SENR8327 127
Disassembly and Assembly Section

35. Install two bolts (40).

Illustration 408 g00619488

40. Lower the temperature of bearing cups (32).


Illustration 406 g00619490
41. Install bearing cups (32) in carrier (29).
36. Position gear (37) on housing (38).

37. Install bolts (36).

Illustration 409 g00619537

42. Heat two bearing cones (30) to a maximum


Illustration 407 g00619489 temperature of 135 °C (275 °F).

38. Position shim pack (35) and support bracket (34) 43. Install one bearing cone (30) on pinion (24).
on the brake housing.
44. Position carrier (29) on pinion (24).
39. Install twelve bolts (33).
45. Install remaining bearing cone (30) on pinion (24).
128 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 410 g00622039 Illustration 412 g00622041

46. Install washer (25), lock washer (26), and nut (28) 52. Position the pinion and carrier (29) on support
on the pinion (24). Install the large chamfered end bracket (34).
of nut (28) toward the lock washer (26).
53. Install bolt (27).
47. Position pinion (24) in a soft jawed vise.

48. Use tool (C) to tighten nut (28) and preload the
bearings.

Illustration 413 g00622042

54. Use tool (H) to check the backlash of pinion (24).


Measure the backlash at three equally spaced
Illustration 411 g00622040 teeth on pinion (24). Average the three
measurements. The correct backlash is
49. Position carrier (29) on two wood blocks. 0.210 ± 0.075 mm (0.0083 ± 0.0030 inch). If
necessary, remove support bracket (34) in order to
50. Use tool (F) to measure the bearing preload. The
add or remove shims from shim pack (35).
correct bearing preload is 0.80 ± 0.50 N·m
(7.0 ± 4.5 lb in).

51. Bend a tang of lock washer (26) in one of the four


slots in nut (28).
SENR8327 129
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 414 g00622052 Illustration 416 g00622054

55. Install bearing (22) in planetary gear (21). 66. Position gear (18) and plate (17) on the carrier.

67. Install three bolts (16).

Illustration 415 g00622053

56. Position planetary gear (21) and discs (23) in Illustration 417 g00622055
planetary carrier (15).
68. Install sun gear (14) in planetary carrier (15).
57. Install shaft (19) in planetary carrier (15).

58. If the rubber in pin (20) is damaged, replace the


pin.

59. Align the hole in shaft (19) with the hole in


planetary carrier (15).

60. Install pin (20). Install the pin so that the end of
the pin is even with the surface of planetary carrier
(15).

61. Repeat Steps 55 through 60 for the two remaining


planetary gears.

62. Install the retaining ring in planetary carrier (15).


Illustration 418 g00622061
63. Use tool (B) to compress the retaining ring.
69. Install bearing (12) in planetary gear (11).
64. Slide planetary carrier (15) in ring gear (6).

65. Remove tool (B).


130 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 419 g00622064 Illustration 421 g00622067

70. Position gear (11) and discs (13) in planetary Note: The carrier assembly weighs 48 kg (105 lb).
carrier (7). 81. Install a hoist and tool (A).

71. Install shaft (8). 82. Position sliding carrier (3) in the housing.

72. If the rubber in pin (10) is damaged, replace the 83. Remove tool (A).
pin.

73. Align the hole in shaft (8) with the hole in


planetary carrier (7).

74. Install pin (10) until the end of the pin is even with
the surface of the carrier.
75. Repeat Steps 69 through 74 for the three
remaining planetary gears.

76. Install seal ring (9) on planetary carrier (7).

Illustration 422 g00622069

84. Install two remaining bolts (2).

85. Install three equally spaced bolts and washers


(1).
End By:
Install the left hand final drive, the steering
differential, and the brake. See the procedure
in Disassembly and Assembly, “Final Drive,
Steering Differential, and Brake (Left Side) -
Illustration 420 g00622066 Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Final Drive,
Steering Differential, and Brake (Left Side) -
77. Install planetary carrier (7) in ring gear (6). Install in this module.

78. Install the thrust ring and retaining ring (5). i04975395

79. Apply 6V-6640 Sealant to the flange of slinger


(4). Position slinger (4) on the planetary carrier.
Steering Differential and Brake
- Assemble
80. Install two bolts (2).
SMCS Code: 4131-016

S/N: 7XM1–Up
SENR8327 131
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Assembly Procedure
Table 39
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 138-7573 Link Bracket 2

B 3K-4897 Spring Pin 8

C 6V-4072 Spanner Wrench 1

F 138-7575 Link Bracket 2

J 6V-4980 Torque Screwdriver 1

K FT-2214 Adapter 1

L 8T-5096 Dial Indicator Group 1

M 1U-8846 Gasket Sealant 1

Illustration 424 g01131328

Note: If bearing cone (62) was removed from brake


housing (39), a new bearing cone (62) must be
installed.
3. Raise the temperature of bearing cone (62).

4. Install bearing cone (62) onto brake housing (39).

Illustration 423 g01131334

1. Lower the temperature of bearing cups (63) and


(64).

2. Install bearing cups (63) and (64) into brake


housing (40).

Illustration 425 g01131359

5. Use Tooling (F) and a suitable lifting device in order


to position brake housing (40) to housing (39). The
weight of brake housing (40) is approximately
77 kg (170 lb).
132 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 426 g01132109 Illustration 428 g03160647

6. Raise the temperature of bearing cone (61). 10. When the bearing preload is correct, measure the
gap between brake housing (40) and plate (50) in
7. Install bearing cone (61) onto housing (39). three places. Average the three measurements in
order to determine the correct shim thickness.
11. Remove three bolts (47) and plate (50).

12. Position the correct shims (48) and plate (50).

13. Install three bolts (47). Tighten three bolts (47).

14. Use Tooling (J) and Tooling (K) to recheck the


bearing preload.

15. Install remaining bolts (47).

Illustration 427 g01131730

8. Position brake housing (40) on suitable blocking in


order to raise housing (39) from the ground.

9. Install three bolts (47) that are equally spaced.


Install plate (50). Tighten bolts (47) equally until the
proper preload is reached. The bearing preload
should be 3 ± 1 N·m (28 ± 8 lb in). Use Tooling (J)
and Tooling (K) to rotate housing (39). Use Tooling
(J) to measure the bearing preload.
SENR8327 133
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 429 g03158624

16. Position spring (56) in brake housing (40).

Note: Install spring (56) with the outer edge


downward. Personal injury can result from being struck by
parts propelled by a released spring force.
17. Install O-ring seal (59) in brake housing (40).
Make sure to wear all necessary protective
18. Lubricate the lip of seal ring (58) with oil. Install equipment.
seal ring (58) in piston (57). Follow the recommended procedure and use all
recommended tooling to release the spring force.
19. Install piston (57) in brake housing (40).
23. Install friction discs and brake plates (44).
20. Lubricate the lip of seal ring (54) with oil. Install
Alternate the friction discs and the brake plates
seal ring (54) in retainer (51).
during installation.
21. Position retainer (51) on piston (57). Align the oil
24. Install ring (45) in hub (49).
passage in retainer (51) with the oil passage and
O-ring seal (59) in brake housing (40). 25. Position hub (49), thrust washer (55), and retainer
(53).
22. Position thrust washer (55) on retainer (51).
26. Install bolts (46).
134 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 430 g01131225 Illustration 432 g01131218

27. Use Tooling (F) and a suitable lifting device to 31. Position shims (36) (not shown) and support
position brake housing (40) and housing (39) to bracket (34).
final drive housing (42). The weight of brake
housing (40) and housing (39) is approximately 32. Install bolts (35).
150 kg (335 lb).

28. Install bolts (41).

Illustration 433 g01131202

33. Lower the temperature of bearing cups (33).


Illustration 431 g01131223
34. Install bearing cups (33) in carrier (30).
29. Position bevel gear (38) on housing (39).

30. Install bolts (37).


SENR8327 135
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 436 g01131881

39. Install washer (26), lock washer (27), and nut (29)
on pinion (25). Install the large chamfered end of
nut (29) toward lock washer (27).

Illustration 434 g01131807

35. Raise the temperature of bearing cone (32).

36. Install bearing cone (32) on pinion (25).

Illustration 437 g01131888

40. Position carrier (30) in a suitable vise.

41. Use Tooling (C) and Tooling (J) to tighten nut (29)
(not shown).
Illustration 435 g01131831
42. Use Tooling (J) to measure the bearing preload.
37. Position carrier (30) on pinion (25). The correct bearing preload is 0.3 N·m (3.0 lb in)
to 1.35 N·m (12.0 lb in).
38. Install bearing cone (31) on pinion (25).
43. Bend a tang of lock washer (27) (not shown) in
one of the slots in nut (29).
136 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 438 g01131893 Illustration 440 g01131142

44. Position carrier (30) to support bracket (34).

45. Install bolt (28).

Illustration 441 g01131110

47. Install bearing (23) in planetary gear (22).


Illustration 439 g01131897 48. Position planetary gear (22) and discs (24) in
planetary carrier (15).
46. Use Tooling (L) to check the backlash of pinion
(25). Measure the backlash at three equally 49. Install shaft (19) in planetary carrier (15).
spaced teeth on pinion (25). Average the three
measurements. The correct backlash is 50. If the rubber in pin (21) is damaged, replace pin
0.210 ± 0.075 mm (0.0083 ± 0.0030 inch). If (21).
necessary, remove support bracket (34) in order to
51. Align the hole in shaft (19) with the hole in
add or remove shims (36) (not shown).
planetary carrier (15).
SENR8327 137
Disassembly and Assembly Section

52. Install pin (21). Install pin (21) so that the end of
pin (21) is even with the surface of planetary
carrier (15).

53. Repeat Steps 47 through 52 for the two remaining


planetary gears.

54. Install retaining ring (20) in planetary carrier (15).

55. Use Tooling (B) to compress retaining ring (20).

56. Position planetary carrier (15) into ring gear (7).

57. Remove Tooling (B).

Illustration 443 g01131097

60. Install sun gear (14) in planetary carrier (15).

Illustration 442 g01131101

58. Position gear (18) and plate (17) on planetary


carrier (15).

59. Install bolts (16).


138 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

67. Repeat Steps 61 through 66 for the three


remaining planetary gears.

68. Install seal ring (9) on planetary carrier (3).

Illustration 444 g01131088

Illustration 446 g01131005

69. Install planetary carrier (3) in ring gear (7).

70. Install thrust ring (6) (not shown) and retaining


ring (5).

71. Apply Tooling (M) to the flange of slinger (4).


Position slinger (4) on planetary carrier (3).

72. Install bolts (2).

Illustration 445 g01131079

61. Install bearing (12) in planetary gear (11).

62. Position gear (11) and discs (13) in planetary


carrier (3).

63. Install shaft (8).

64. If the rubber in pin (10) is damaged, replace pin


(10).

65. Align the hole in shaft (8) with the hole in


planetary carrier (3).

66. Install pin (10) until the end of pin (10) is even with
the surface of carrier (3).
SENR8327 139
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i02629923

Final Drive, Steering


Differential, and Brake (Left
Side) - Install
SMCS Code: 4050-012-LT; 4131-012

Installation Procedure
Table 40
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

FT-1952 Axle Removal Tool 1


A
1U-7432 Adapter Assembly 1

8T-3207 Lifting Bracket 1

5P-8622 Shackle 1
Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 5 1/2
B 1D-4615 2
Illustration 447 g01131003 inch)

1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 2


73. Install Tooling (A) and a suitable lifting device to
planetary carrier (3). The weight of planetary 5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 mm) 4
carrier (3) is approximately 48 kg (105 lb).
1B-4331 Nut (3/4 inch by 10) 1
74. Position planetary carrier (3). 5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 36.5 mm) 2

75. Remove Tooling (A). 138-7574 Link Bracket 1


138-7575 Link Bracket 1
C 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1

1A-1460 Bolt (1/2 inch by 13 by 2 inch) 1

5P-8245 Washer (3 mm by 25.5 mm) 1

Bolt (3/4 inch by 10 by 2 1/2


1A-8063 1
inch)

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Final Drive”Specifications, Final Drive.

Illustration 448 g01130955

76. Install remaining bolts (2).

77. Install bolts (1).


Illustration 449 g00619177
End By:
Install the left hand final drive, the steering 1. Install O-ring seals (8).
differential, and the brake.
140 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

2. Apply a light coat of grease to the O-ring seal on


the final drive flange in order to hold the O-ring seal
in place.

Personal injury or death can result from lifting a


heavy assembly.
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
hoist to lift the load.
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the as-
sembly is given below.
Illustration 451 g00619176

Note: The weight of the final drive, differential, and 7. Install bolts (5) and (7).
brake assembly is approximately 850 kg (1875 lb).
3. Use Tooling (B), a suitable lifting device, and 8. Use bolts (5) and (7) to pull the assembly to the
Tooling (C) to position the steering differential. case.
Refer to Illustration 449 for the correct orientation. 9. Remove Tooling (C).
4. Install the final drive, the steering differential, and
10. Install the remaining bolts in the final drive flange.
the brake as a single assembly.
11. Remove Tooling (B).
5. Position the assembly 25 mm (1 inch) from the
case. 12. Apply SAE 30W oil to the threads of the sprocket
segment bolts.

13. Install the bolts, the nuts, and the washers in the
segment.

14. Tighten the nuts to a torque of 300 ± 50 N·m


(221 ± 37 lb ft). Tighten the nuts by another 1/3
turn. The final torque must be a minimum of
570 N·m (420 lb ft).

Illustration 450 g00619173

6. Use Tooling (C) to rotate the final drive flange


clockwise to the correct orientation.

Illustration 452 g00619136

15. If necessary, replace O-ring seal (3) on adapter


(2) for the steering motor.
SENR8327 141
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 453 g00619134

16. Install the adapter in the main case. Install six


bolts (1) in adapter (2).

17. Tighten six bolts (1) to a torque of 105 ± 20 N·m


(77 ± 15 lb ft).

18. Fill the final drive with oil. Refer to Operation and
Maintenance Manual, “Final Drive Oil Level -
Check”Operation and Maintenance Manual, Final
Drive Oil Level - Check.
19. Fill the transmission and bevel gear case with oil.
Refer to Operation and Maintenance Manual,
“Transmission System Oil Level - Check”Operation
and Maintenance Manual, Transmission System
Oil Level - Check.
End By:
Illustration 454 g00622070
Install the drive axles. Refer to Disassembly and
Assembly, “Axle - Remove and Install”. 1. Remove three bolts and washers (12).
Install the steering motor. Refer to Disassembly 2. Remove retainer (5).
and Assembly, “Steering Motor - Install”.
3. Remove thrust washer (6) from retainer (5).
Connect the track. Refer to Disassembly and
Assembly, “Track - Connect”.
4. Remove hub (9), four friction discs (4), and three
brake plates.
i01024502
5. If necessary, remove ring (11).
Brake (Left Side) - Disassemble
6. Remove thrust washer (14).
SMCS Code: 4115-015-LT

Disassembly Procedure
Start By:
Personal injury can result from parts and/or cov-
Remove the left hand final drive. See the ers under spring pressure.
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Final Drive - Remove”Disassembly and Spring force will be released when covers are
Assembly, Final Drive - Remove in this module. removed.
Be prepared to hold spring loaded covers as the
bolts are loosened.

7. Remove six bolts (10) slowly. Remove the bolts


evenly.
142 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

8. Remove retainer (8), piston (1), and spring (2).

9. Remove seal ring (7) from retainer (8).

10. Remove seal ring (13) from piston (1).

Illustration 457 g00622094

1. Assemble shuttle valve (17).

Illustration 455 g00622091

11. Remove ring (15), shuttle valve (17), and O-ring


seal (3).

Illustration 458 g00622091

2. Install ring (15), shuttle valve (17), and O-ring seal


(3).

Illustration 456 g00622094

12. Disassemble shuttle valve (17).

i01024505

Brake (Left Side) - Assemble


SMCS Code: 4115-016-LT

Assembly Procedure
Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
“Differential Drive and Brake Group”Specifications,
Differential Drive and Brake Group in the Service
Manual for your machine.
SENR8327 143
Disassembly and Assembly Section

13. Install three bolts and three washers (12).


End By:
Install the final drive on the left side. See the
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Final Drive - Install”Disassembly and
Assembly, Final Drive - Install in this module.

i01022229

Power Train Oil Filter - Remove


SMCS Code: 3067-011-FI

Removal Procedure

Illustration 460 g00618207

1. Remove three bolts (1) and guard plate (2) above


Illustration 459 g00622070
the right fender.

3. Install seal ring (13) on piston (1). Apply clean oil to


seal ring (13).

4. Install seal ring (7) on retainer (8). Align the oil port
in retainer (8) with O-ring seal (3).

5. Position spring (2), piston (1), and retainer (8).

6. Install six bolts (10). Tighten six bolts (10) evenly in


order to compress the spring behind the retainer
and the piston.

7. Install thrust washer (14).

8. Install ring (11).


Illustration 461 g00618208

9. Install the four friction discs (4) and the three brake
plates. Alternate the friction discs and the brake 2. Remove two bolts (3) and open door (4).
plates.

10. Install hub (9).

11. Install thrust washer (6) in retainer (5).

12. Position retainer (5).


144 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 462 g00618209 Illustration 463 g00618209

Note: Mark all wires and hoses for correct assembly. 2. Place power train oil filter (8) in position above the
Cap all hoses and cover all openings in order to right fender. Install three bolts (6).
prevent loss of fluids or contamination of the system.
3. Disconnect electrical connector (5). 3. Connect two hoses (7).

4. Connect electrical connector (5).


NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
before opening any compartment or disassembling
any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.

4. Disconnect two hoses (7). Illustration 464 g00618208

5. Remove three bolts (6). Remove power train oil 5. Close door (4) and install two bolts (3).
filter (8).

i01022230

Power Train Oil Filter - Install


SMCS Code: 3067-012-FI

Installation Procedure
1. Inspect the O-rings. Replace any worn
components or damaged components.

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Transmission Oil Filter”Specifications, Transmission
Oil Filter in the Service Manual for your machine.
Illustration 465 g00618207

6. Install guard plate (2) and install three bolts (1).


SENR8327 145
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022231

Power Train Oil Pump -


Remove
SMCS Code: 3066-011

Removal Procedure
Start By:
Remove the seat. Refer to Disassembly and
Assembly, SENR8331, “Seat - Remove and
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Seat -
Remove and Install in the Service Manual for
your machine.
Illustration 467 g00619795
1. Remove the floorplates from the machine.
4. Remove four bolts (2) and disconnect oil supply
line (3).
NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
before opening any compartment or disassembling
any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.

Note: Mark all components for correct installation. Illustration 468 g00619796
When you disconnect the hoses, cap the hoses and
cover the ports in order to keep the system clean. 5. Disconnect four hoses (4) from the power train oil
2. Drain the oil from the hydraulic tank into a suitable pump.
container for storage or for disposal.

Illustration 469 g00619799


Illustration 466 g00619794
Note: The power train oil pump weighs 44 kg (95 lb).
3. Disconnect hose (1) from the bottom of the power
train oil pump. Note: The pump has a splined shaft. Make sure that
the end of the shaft is free before you remove the
pump from the machine.
146 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

6. Attach a lifting device to the power train oil pump.


Remove two bolts (5) and remove the pump from
the machine.

i01022228

Power Train Oil Pump -


Disassemble
SMCS Code: 3066-015

Disassembly Procedure
Start By:
Remove the power train oil pump. Refer to the Illustration 470 g00618219
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Power Train Oil Pump - Remove”Disassembly
and Assembly, Power Train Oil Pump - Remove
in this module.

NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
before opening any compartment or disassembling
any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Illustration 471 g00618220
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates. 1. Remove six bolts (1) and pump body (3).

2. Remove two gears (4). Remove the woodruff key


Note: Clean the outside of the pump thoroughly
from the drive shaft.
before disassembly. Mark the components for correct
assembly. 3. Remove O-ring seal (2).

Illustration 472 g00618221

4. Remove pump cover (5). Remove the O-ring seal


on the back side of the pump cover.

5. Remove two bearings (6), if necessary.


SENR8327 147
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 473 g00618223 Illustration 475 g00618225

6. Remove pump body (8). 11. Remove pump body (13).

7. Remove two gears (9). Remove the woodruff key 12. Remove O-ring seal (12).
from the drive shaft.
13. Remove two bearings (14), if necessary.
8. Remove O-ring seal (7).

Illustration 476 g00618245


Illustration 474 g00618224
14. Remove drive shaft (17) from pump body (15).
9. Remove spacer (11). Remove the O-ring seal on
the back side of the spacer. 15. Remove shaft (18) from the pump body.

10. Remove two gears (10). Remove the woodruff 16. Remove two bearings (16), if necessary.
key from the drive shaft.
148 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 477 g00618247 Illustration 478 g00618247

Note: Note the orientation of lip seals (19) for correct


installation.
17. Remove two lip seals (19) and the retainer ring
from pump body (15).

i05344742

Power Train Oil Pump -


Assemble
SMCS Code: 3066-016

Assembly Procedure
Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324, Illustration 479 g03385762
“Transmission Pump”Specifications, Transmission
Pump in the Service Manual for your machine. Correct orientation of lip seals

Note: Clean the components thoroughly before 2. Install two lip seals (19) and the retainer ring in
assembly. Apply clean oil to the surfaces of the pump body (15). Install outer lip seal (19) so that
components during assembly. the seal is flush with the finished face of pump
body (15).
1. Inspect the O-ring seals for wear and for damage.
Replace any damaged components.

Illustration 480 g00618245

3. Install two bearings (16), if the bearings were


removed.
4. Install shaft (18) in the pump body.
SENR8327 149
Disassembly and Assembly Section

5. Install drive shaft (17) in pump body (15).

Illustration 483 g00618223

Illustration 481 g00618225 11. Install O-ring seal (7).

6. Install two bearings (14), if the bearings were 12. Install the woodruff key in the drive shaft. Install
removed. two gears (9).
7. Install O-ring seal (12). 13. Install pump body (8).
8. Install pump body (13).

Illustration 484 g00618221

Illustration 482 g00618224


14. Install two bearings (6), if the bearings were
removed.
9. Install the woodruff key in the drive shaft. Install
two gears (10). 15. Install the O-ring seal on the back side of the
pump cover. Install pump cover (5).
10. Install the O-ring seal on the back side of the
spacer. Install spacer (11).
150 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 485 g00618220


Illustration 487 g00619799
16. Install the woodruff key in the drive shaft. Install
two gears (4). Note: The power train oil pump weighs 44 kg (95 lb).
1. Attach a lifting device to the power train oil pump.
17. Install O-ring seal (2). Install the pump and install two bolts (5) in the
machine.
18. Install pump body (3).

Illustration 488 g00619796


Illustration 486 g00618219
2. Connect four hoses (4) to the power train oil pump.
19. Install six bolts (1). Tighten the bolts evenly. The
gear pump must rotate freely when you turn the
shaft by hand.
End By:
Install the power train oil pump. Refer to the
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Power Train Oil Pump - Install”Disassembly
and Assembly, Power Train Oil Pump - Install in
this module.

i01022233

Power Train Oil Pump - Install


SMCS Code: 3066-012
Illustration 489 g00619795
Installation Procedure
3. Connect oil supply line (3) and install four bolts (2).
Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
“Transmission Pump”Specifications, Transmission
Pump in the Service Manual for your machine.
SENR8327 151
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 490 g00619794 Illustration 491 g00617613

4. Connect hose (1) to the bottom of the power train 1. Remove four bolts (1).
oil pump.
2. Remove priority valve (2).
5. Fill the hydraulic system.
i01022235
Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, SEBU6891, “Lubricant Viscosities and Refill
Capacities”Operation and Maintenance Manual, Priority Valve - Disassemble
Lubricant Viscosities and Refill Capacities. SMCS Code: 3180-015

NOTICE Disassembly Procedure


All pump lines and pump housing must be filled with Start By:
oil prior to start-up. Failure to provide proper oil fill
may result in system damage. Remove the priority valve. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Priority Valve -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Priority
6. Install the floorplates in the machine. Valve - Remove in this module.
End By:
Install the seat. Refer to Disassembly and
Assembly, SENR8331, “Seat - Remove and
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Seat -
Remove and Install in the Service Manual for
your machine.

i01022234

Priority Valve - Remove


SMCS Code: 3180-011

Removal Procedure
Start By: Illustration 492 g00617626

Remove the brake control valve. See the 1. Remove O-ring seal (2) and seven O-ring seals (3)
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Brake Control Valve - Remove”Disassembly from valve body (1).
and Assembly, Brake Control Valve - Remove
in this module.
152 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 493 g00617630 Illustration 495 g00617640

2. Remove O-ring seal (4) from the bottom of the 6. Remove these components from valve spool (9) :
valve body. spacers (12), slug (15), retaining ring (14), retainer
(16), spring (13) and ball (17).
3. Remove the plug and seal (5) from the valve body.

4. Remove the pressure tap and seal (6) from the


valve body.

Illustration 496 g00617643

7. Remove check valve (18) from the valve body.


Illustration 494 g00617636 8. Remove these components from check valve (18) :
plug and seal (20), dowel (21), ball (19) and O-ring
5. Remove these components from valve body (1) : seal (22).
plug and seal (10), valve spool (9) and springs (8)
and (11).
SENR8327 153
Disassembly and Assembly Section

1. Inspect the O-ring seals. Replace any damaged


components or worn components. Apply clean oil
to the O-ring seals before assembly.

Illustration 497 g00617645

9. Remove the following items from valve body (1) :


plug and seal (25), valve spool (24) and spring
(23). Illustration 499 g00617647

10. Refer to Step 6 for the disassembly procedure for 2. Install the plug and seal (27). Tighten the plug to a
valve spool (24). Valve spools (24) and (9) are torque of 14 ± 4 N·m (10 ± 3 lb ft).
similar. Valve spools (24) and (9) are not
interchangeable. 3. Install two plugs and seals (26). Tighten the plugs
to a torque of 50 ± 7 N·m (37 ± 5 lb ft).

Illustration 498 g00617647


Illustration 500 g00617657
11. Remove two plugs and seals (26) from the valve
body. 4. Install these components in valve spool (24) : ball
(33), spring (29), retainer (32), retaining ring (30),
12. Remove one plug and seal (27) from the valve slug (31) and spacers (28).
body.

i01022236

Priority Valve - Assemble


SMCS Code: 3180-016

Assembly Procedure
Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
“Priority Valve”Specifications, Priority Valve in the
Service Manual for your machine.
154 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 501 g00617645 Illustration 503 g00617640

5. Install the following items in the priority valve: 8. Install these components in valve spool (9) : ball
spring (23), valve spool (24) and plug and seal (17), spring (13), retainer (16), retaining ring (14),
(25). Tighten the plug to a torque of 75 ± 10 N·m slug (15) and spacers (12).
(55 ± 7 lb ft).

Illustration 504 g00617636


Illustration 502 g00617643
9. Install the following items in the priority valve:
6. Install O-ring seals (22) on check valve (18). spring (8), spring (11), valve spool (9) and plug and
seal (10). Tighten the plug and seal (10) to a
7. Install the following items in the priority valve: torque of 75 ± 10 N·m (55 ± 7 lb ft).
check valve (18), ball (19), dowel (21) and plug
and seal (20). Tighten the plug to a torque of
75 ± 10 N·m (55 ± 7 lb ft). Then, tighten the check
valve to a torque of 75 ± 10 N·m (55 ± 7 lb ft).

Illustration 505 g00617630

10. Install the plug and seal (5). Tighten the plug to a
torque of 50 ± 7 N·m (37 ± 5 lb ft).
SENR8327 155
Disassembly and Assembly Section

End By:
11. Install the pressure tap and seal (6). Tighten the
pressure tap to a torque of 14 ± 4 N·m (10 ± 3 lb ft) Install the brake control valve. See the procedure
in Disassembly and Assembly, “Brake Control
. Valve - Install”Disassembly and Assembly,
12. Install O-ring seal (4). Brake Control Valve - Install in this module.

i01022238

Torque Converter Outlet Relief


Valve - Remove
SMCS Code: 3133-011

Removal Procedure
Start By:
Remove the rear bottom guard. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, SENR8331,
“Bottom Guard - Remove”Disassembly and
Assembly, Bottom Guard - Remove.
Illustration 506 g00617626

13. Install seven O-ring seals (3) in the bottom of


body (1).

14. Install O-ring seal (2).


End By:
Install the priority valve. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Priority Valve -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Priority
Valve - Install in this module.

i01022237

Priority Valve - Install Illustration 508 g00617531

SMCS Code: 3180-012


1. Mark three wires (2) for correct assembly.
Disconnect wires (2) from the switch and from the
Installation Procedure sender.
2. Remove the four bolts and disconnect tube
assembly (1).

3. Remove the following items: three bolts, bracket,


clip and two spacers(3). Remove relief valve (4).

4. Remove the two O-ring seals from the relief valve.

Illustration 507 g00617613

1. Position priority valve (2).

2. Install four bolts (1).


156 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022239

Torque Converter Outlet Relief


Valve - Disassemble
SMCS Code: 3133-015

Disassembly Procedure
Table 41
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

0S-1591 Bolt (3/8 inch by 16 by 1 1/2 2


A
inch)
Illustration 510 g00619063
B 1P-0510 Driver Group 1
3. Remove these components from relief valve (7) :
Start By: valve spool (5), washers (4), spring (3) and O-ring
seal (2).
Remove the torque converter outlet relief valve.
Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “Torque 4. Remove cover (6) and the O-ring seal.
Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Torque 5. Use tool (B) to remove the stop from the other side
Converter Outlet Relief Valve - Remove in this of the relief valve.
module.
6. Remove the sending unit and the switch from relief
valve (7).

Sudden release of spring force can cause injury. i01022240

To prevent the possibility of injury, follow the pro-


cedure to relieve the spring pressure. Torque Converter Outlet Relief
Valve - Assemble
SMCS Code: 3133-016

Assembly Procedure
Table 42
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

0S-1591 Bolt (3/8 inch by 16 by 1 1/2 2


A
inch)

B 1P-0510 Driver Group 1

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


Illustration 509 g00619062
“Relief Valve (Torque Converter
Outlet)”Specifications, Relief Valve (Torque Converter
1. Use tool (A) to release spring pressure behind Outlet) in the Service Manual for your machine.
cover (1).

2. Remove cover (1).


SENR8327 157
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022241

Torque Converter Outlet Relief


Valve - Install
SMCS Code: 3133-012

Installation Procedure
1. Inspect the O-ring seals for wear and for damage.
Replace any damaged components. Apply clean
oil to the O-ring seals before assembly. Install the
O-ring seals on the relief valve.

Illustration 511 g00619063

1. Inspect the O-ring seals. Replace any damaged


components or any worn components. Apply clean
oil to the O-ring seals before assembly.

2. Install the O-ring seal, the sending unit, and the


switch on relief valve (7).

3. Use tool (B) to install the stop.

4. Install the O-ring seal and cover (6).

5. Install these components in the valve: O-ring seal


(2), spring (3), washers (4) and spool (5). Illustration 513 g00617531

2. Position relief valve (4) and the two spacers. Install


the following items: the clip, the bracket and three
bolts (3).

3. Install tube (1) and the four bolts.

4. Connect wires (2) to the switch and to the sender.


End By:
Install the rear bottom guard. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, SENR8331,
“Bottom Guard - Install”Disassembly and
Assembly, Bottom Guard - Install in the Service
Manual for your machine.
Illustration 512 g00619062
i01022242
6. Use tool (A) to install cover (1).
Transmission Hydraulic
7. Replace tool (A) with the original bolts.
Control Valve - Remove
End By:
SMCS Code: 3167-011
Install the torque converter outlet relief valve.
Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “Torque Removal Procedure
Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Torque
Converter Outlet Relief Valve - Install in this
module.
158 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

6. Remove two control cables (6) from the bevel gear


case.

Illustration 514 g00618250

1. Remove four bolts (2).

2. Remove four bolts (1) from the flanges for the Illustration 517 g00618252
control cables.
7. Remove these components: two plugs (7), the two
3. Remove 17 bolts (4) and remove cover (3) with the springs and the two O-ring seals.
gasket.
8. Remove two tubes (8) and remove the two O-ring
seals.
9. Remove four bolts (10) and remove manifold (9).

Illustration 515 g00618401

Illustration 518 g00618253

10. Remove two O-ring seals (11) from manifold (9).

11. Remove these components from manifold (9) :


two pins (15), two levers (14), the two washers and
the bearings.

12. Remove each roll pin (12) and remove each


dowel (13), if necessary.

Illustration 516 g00618398

4. Remove these components: adapter (5), two tubes


(17) and the two O-ring seals.

5. Disconnect two control cables (6).


SENR8327 159
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 519 g00619811 Illustration 521 g00618261

1. Remove these components from the plate: two


bolts (2), the elbow, the O-ring seal and bolts (1)
with the washers.
2. Remove the plate from selector and pressure
control valve (3).

3. Remove selector and pressure control valve (3)


from the plate and from the manifold.

4. Use Steps 4.a. through 4.q. to disassemble


selector and pressure control valve (3).

Illustration 520 g00618254

13. Remove four bolts (16) that fasten the control


valve to the transmission. See Illustration 519 .

Note: The transmission hydraulic control valve


weighs 34 kg (75 lb).
14. Use two people to remove the transmission
hydraulic control valve from the bevel gear case.

i02752478
Illustration 522 g00618262
Transmission Hydraulic
Control Valve - Disassemble a. Remove pin (5) that holds stop (4) in place.
Remove stop (4).
SMCS Code: 3167-015

Disassembly Procedure
Start By:
Remove the transmission hydraulic control valve.
See the procedure in Disassembly and
Assembly, “Transmission Hydraulic Control
Valve - Remove”Disassembly and Assembly,
Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve -
Remove in this module.
160 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 523 g00618272 Illustration 526 g00618267

b. Remove detents (6) from each side of selector f. Remove detents (11) from each side of
and pressure control valve (3). selector and pressure control valve (3).

c. Remove valve spool (7). g. Remove the O-ring seals from detents (11).

h. Remove valve spool (12).

Illustration 524 g00618264

Illustration 527 g00718086


d. Remove O-ring seals (8) from detents (6).

Personal injury can result from being struck by


parts propelled by a released spring force.
Make sure to wear all necessary protective
equipment.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all
recommended tooling to release the spring
force.

i. Slowly, remove three bolts (13) evenly.


Remove cover (14). Remove the O-ring seals
from the back side of the cover.
Illustration 525 g00618266

e. Remove pin (9) that holds stop (10) in place.


Remove stop (10).
SENR8327 161
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 528 g00621262 Illustration 530 g00621264

j. Remove these components from the selector l. Remove spring (27) and valve spool (26).
and pressure control valve: piston (20), springs
(18) and (17), valve spool (16) and slug (15).
Remove spacers (19) from piston (20).

Illustration 531 g00621265

Illustration 529 g00621263


Personal injury can result from being struck by
parts propelled by a released spring force.
Make sure to wear all necessary protective
Personal injury can result from being struck by equipment.
parts propelled by a released spring force.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all
Make sure to wear all necessary protective recommended tooling to release the spring
equipment. force.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all
recommended tooling to release the spring
force. m.Disassemble valve spool (26) into these
components: retaining ring (30), retainer (29),
k. Disassemble valve spool (16) into these the two springs and valve spool (28).
components: retaining ring (25), retainer (24),
spring (23), plunger (22) and valve spool (21).
162 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

NOTICE
Do not use caustic or corrosive materials to clean
components of the transmission hydraulic control
valve. Caustic cleaners can damage these
components.

i02751908

Transmission Hydraulic
Control Valve - Assemble
SMCS Code: 3167-016
Illustration 532 g00621272
Assembly Procedure
n. Remove these components from the selector Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
and pressure control valve: dowel (31), stop “Transmission Selector and Pressure Control
(34), slug (33) and valve spool (32). Valve”Specifications, Transmission Selector and
Pressure Control Valve in the Service Manual for your
o. Remove dowels (35) and (36) and the stops. machine.

NOTICE
Do not use caustic or corrosive materials to clean
components of the transmission hydraulic control
valves. Caustic cleaners can damage these
components.

1. Clean all components of the transmission hydraulic


control valves. Inspect O-ring seals for damage.
Replace any damaged components. Apply clean
oil to the components before assembly.

2. Follow Steps 2.a. through 2.o. in order to assemble


the selector and pressure control valve.
Illustration 533 g00621273

p. Remove orifice (37) from the selector and


pressure control valve.

Illustration 535 g00621274

a. Install O-ring seal (38) on orifice (37).

Illustration 534 g00621274

q. Remove O-ring seal (38) from orifice (37).


SENR8327 163
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 536 g00621280 Illustration 538 g00621265

b. Install orifice (37) in selector and pressure e. Assemble valve spool (26) by this procedure:
control valve (3). Install the springs and retainer (29) in valve
spool (28). Push the retainer into the valve
spool and install retaining ring (30).

Illustration 537 g00621272

c. Install the stops toward the end of the selector Illustration 539 g00621264
and pressure control valve. Make sure that the
holes in the stop are in alignment with the f. Install valve spool (26) and spring (27) in the
holes in the valve body. Install dowels (35) and selector and pressure control valve.
(36) in order to hold the stops in place.

d. Install valve spool (32), slug (33), and stop


(34). Make sure that the hole in stop (34) is in
alignment with the hole in the valve body.
Install dowel (31) that holds stop (32) in place.
164 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 540 g00621263 Illustration 542 g00621289

Personal injury can result from being struck by Personal injury can result from being struck by
parts propelled by a released spring force. parts propelled by a released spring force.
Make sure to wear all necessary protective Make sure to wear all necessary protective
equipment. equipment.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all Follow the recommended procedure and use all
recommended tooling to release the spring recommended tooling to release the spring
force. force.

g. Assemble valve spool (16) from these i. Install O-ring seals (43) on cover (14). Install
components: snap ring (25), retainer (24), cover (14) and the three bolts (not shown).
spring (23), plunger (22) and valve spool (21). Tighten the bolts to a torque of 30 ± 7 N·m
(22 ± 5 lb ft).

Illustration 541 g00621262


Illustration 543 g00621290
h. Install these components in the selector and
pressure control valve: slug (15), valve spool j. Install valve spool (12) in the selector and
(16), springs (17) and (18), spacers (19) and pressure control valve.
piston (20).
SENR8327 165
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 544 g00618338 Illustration 547 g00618272

k. Install O-ring seals (8) on detents (11). n. Install valve spool (7). Install detents (6) on
each side of selector and pressure control
valve (3) for valve spool (7).

Illustration 545 g00618267

l. Install detents (11) on each side of selector Illustration 548 g00618262


and pressure control valve (3) for valve spool
(12). o. Install stop (4) and pin (5). These components
hold valve spool (7).

Illustration 546 g00621360

Illustration 549 g00620555

m.Install stop (10) and pin (9). These


3. Place selector and pressure control valve (3) on
components hold valve spool (12).
plate (39) and manifold (40).
166 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 550 g00618342 Illustration 551 g00618254

4. Position plate (41) on selector and pressure control Note: The transmission hydraulic control valve
valve (3). Install bolts (1) with the washers. Tighten weighs 34 kg (75 lb).
bolts (1) to a torque of 30 ± 4 N·m (22 ± 3 lb ft). 2. Use two people to install the transmission hydraulic
control valve in the bevel gear case.
5. Install the O-ring seal on elbow (42). Install the
elbow with bolts (2). Tighten bolts (2) to a torque of
30 ± 4 N·m (22 ± 3 lb ft).
End By:
Install the transmission hydraulic control valve.
See the procedure in Disassembly and
Assembly, “Transmission Hydraulic Control
Valve - Install”Disassembly and Assembly,
Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve - Install
in this module.

i03688017

Transmission Hydraulic
Control Valve - Install Illustration 552 g00619811

SMCS Code: 3167-012


3. Install four bolts (16) that fasten the control valve to
the transmission. See Illustration 552 . Tighten the
Installation Procedure bolts to a torque of 48 ± 4 N·m (35 ± 3 lb ft).
Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
“Transmission Hydraulic Control”Specifications,
Transmission Hydraulic Control in the Service Manual
for your machine.

1. Inspect the O-ring seals and the gasket for wear


and for damage. Replace any damaged
components. Apply clean oil to the O-ring seal
before installation.

Illustration 553 g00618253

4. Install each dowel (13) and install each roll pin (12),
if the components were removed.
SENR8327 167
Disassembly and Assembly Section

5. Install these components on manifold (9) : the


bearings, the two washers, two levers (14), two
pins (15) and two O-ring seals (11).

Illustration 556 g00618401

13. Install adapter (5) on the two tubes.

Illustration 554 g00618252

6. Install manifold (9) and four bolts (10).

7. Install the two O-ring seals and install two tubes


(8).

8. Install these components: the two O-ring seals, the


two springs and two plugs (7).

Illustration 557 g00618250

14. Install cover (3) with the gasket and install 17


bolts (4).

Note: If the rear cover is removed for any reason,


replace the gasket with a new gasket for the
applicable model. A new gasket is recommended in
order to prevent leakage.

Illustration 555 g00618398 15. Install four bolts (1) in the flanges for the control
cables.
9. Install the O-ring seals on two covers (1). Insert two
16. Install four bolts (2).
control cables (6) through the holes in the
transmission cover. 17. After you conduct any of the following procedures,
10. Install the bolts that hold two covers (1). recalibrate the transmission modulating valves:

11. Connect two control cables (6). • Replacement of the transmission modulating
valve
12. Install the O-ring seals on two tubes (17). Install
the tubes in the transmission hydraulic control. • Replacement of the solenoid on the modulating
valve

• Replacement or service of the transmission

• Replacement of the ECM


168 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Reference: Refer to the Service Manual,


SENR8367, Power Train Electronic Control System in
the Service Manual for your machine.

i01264750

Main Drive Shaft - Remove and


Install
SMCS Code: 3253-010

Removal Procedure
Start By:
Remove the bottom guard. Refer to Disassembly Illustration 559 g00617527
and Assembly, SENR8331, “Bottom Guard -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Bottom 1. Put drive shaft (2) in the correct position.
Guard - Remove in the Service Manual for your
machine. 2. Install four bolts (1) at each end of drive shaft (2).

3. Tighten eight bolts (1) to a torque of 135 ± 15 N·m


(100 ± 11 lb ft).
End By:
Install the bottom guard. Refer to Disassembly
and Assembly, SENR8331, “Bottom Guard -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Bottom
Guard - Install in the Service Manual for your
machine.

i01022246

Torque Divider - Remove


SMCS Code: 3113-011
Illustration 558 g00617527

1. Remove four bolts (1) and the washers from each


Removal Procedure
end of drive shaft (2). Table 43
Required Tools
2. Slide yoke (3) in the transmission.
Tool Part Number Description Qty
3. Remove drive shaft (2). A 138-7575 Link Bracket 3

Installation Procedure B 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324, Start By:


“Drive Shaft”Specifications, Drive Shaft in the Service
Manual for your machine. Remove the main drive shaft. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, “Main Drive Shaft
- Remove and Install”Disassembly and
Assembly, Main Drive Shaft - Remove and
Install in this module.
Remove the torque converter outlet relief valve.
Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “Torque
Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Torque
Converter Outlet Relief Valve - Remove in this
module.
SENR8327 169
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 560 g00617532 Illustration 562 g00495589

4. Remove elbow (4), the O-ring seals, and sleeve


NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con- (5).
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
before opening any compartment or disassembling
any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.

1. Remove drain plug (2). Drain the oil from the torque
divider.
Illustration 563 g00617571
2. Disconnect two hoses (1) and remove the screen.
5. Disconnect two cooler lines (6) and remove two
clips (7).

Illustration 561 g00617544

3. Disconnect two hoses (3) from the torque Illustration 564 g00617574
converter.
6. Remove strap (8).
170 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 565 g00617576 Illustration 567 g00617588

Illustration 566 g00617585 Illustration 568 g00617591

Note: The torque divider weighs 140 kg (310 lb). 8. Remove 12 bolts (9) and bracket (10).
7. Install tool (A) and tool (B).
9. Lower the torque divider.

10. Remove the torque divider from the machine.

i02296481

Torque Divider - Disassemble


SMCS Code: 3113-015

Disassembly Procedure
Table 44
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 1P-1863 Retaining Ring Pliers 1

B 138-7575 Link Bracket 2


C 136-1452 Internal Tip Pliers 1

D 138-7573 Link Bracket 1


E 1P-0510 Driver Group 1

F 1P-0520 Driver Group 1

G 2P-8312 Retaining Ring Pliers 1


SENR8327 171
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Start By:
Remove the torque divider. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Torque Divider -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Torque
Divider - Remove in this module.

NOTICE
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
before opening any compartment or disassembling
any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.

Illustration 570 g00533428

3. Remove retainer (4) and retaining ring (3) from the


planetary carrier.

Illustration 569 g00533425

1. Use tool (A) to remove retaining ring (1) from the


shaft.
2. Remove planetary carrier (2).

Illustration 571 g00533430

4. Use a hammer and use a punch to push pin (8) into


shaft (7).

5. Remove these components from the planetary


carrier: shaft (7), two washers (9) and planetary
gear (6).

6. Remove bearing (5) from the planetary gear.

7. Remove the pin from shaft (7).


172 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 574 g00533432

12. Remove O-ring seal (14) and lip seal (13).

Illustration 572 g00495643

8. Remove these components from the end of the


torque divider: the bolt, the retainer, the O-ring seal
and the yoke.

9. Place wood blocks under the torque converter. See


Illustration 572 .
10. Remove eight bolts (10).

Illustration 575 g00533433

13. Remove two bolts (15) with washers from


opposite sides of the torque converter. Drain the oil
from the torque converter.

14. Use tool (C) to remove retaining ring (17).

15. Remove shaft (16) and the bearing.

Illustration 573 g00495645

Note: The cover of the torque converter weighs 70 kg


(150 lb).
11. Install tool (B) and attach a hoist to cover (12).
Install two 3/8 inch by 16 NC forcing screws (11) in
the cover. Tighten the screws evenly, and remove
cover (12).

Illustration 576 g00495646

16. Remove seal ring (21) from shaft (19).


SENR8327 173
Disassembly and Assembly Section

17. Remove bearing (20) from the shaft.

NOTICE
When the component is removed, the component is
damaged.

18. Remove bearing race (18) from the shaft, when


removal is necessary.

Illustration 578 g00629884

Illustration 577 g00495647

19. Remove the remaining 34 bolts (15) with the


washers. Install two 3/8 inch by 16 NC forcing
screws (23) in impeller wheel (22).

Note: The impeller wheel with the carrier weighs Illustration 579 g00533434
30 kg (65 lb).
20. Install tool (D) and attach a hoist to the impeller. 21. Remove eight bolts (24). Remove stator (25).
Tighten the two forcing screws evenly, and remove
22. Support the unit of the wheel and of the carrier
the impeller wheel with the carrier.
close to the center. Use wood blocks or use a
holding tool. Use tool (E) on the inside diameter of
NOTICE pins (26). Remove carrier (27).
Use care in disassembly of the torque converter, in or-
der to avoid damage to the stator. 23. Remove seal ring (28) and pins (26) from the
carrier.
174 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 580 g00533436 Illustration 582 g00533439

24. Remove the eight bolts that fasten retainer (29) to 27. Use tool (G) to remove retaining ring (33) from the
the impeller wheel. Use two 3/8 inch by 24 NF output flange.
forcing screws to remove retainer (29).
28. Remove turbine wheel (32) from housing (34) and
25. Use tool (F) to remove carrier (30) with the from the output flange. Remove the locknut that is
bearing. under turbine wheel (32).

Illustration 581 g00533437 Illustration 583 g00533442

26. Use tool (F) to remove bearing (31) from carrier Note: The housing weighs 35 kg (75 lb).
(30). 29. Turn over the housing. Remove two stop pins
(35).

30. Compress the retaining ring. Remove ring gear


(36). Remove the retaining ring.
SENR8327 175
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 584 g00533443 Illustration 586 g00533452

31. Install two 3/8 inch by 16 NC forcing screws in 35. Remove six bolts (46) and retainer (41) from the
output flange (37). Tighten the two forcing screws housing.
evenly, and remove the output flange from the
housing.

Illustration 587 g00533453

Illustration 585 g00533449 36. Use tool (F) to remove bearing (42) from housing
(34).
32. Remove seal (40) from carrier (39) on output
flange (37). i02296455

NOTICE
Torque Divider - Assemble
When the component is removed, the component is SMCS Code: 3113-016
destroyed.
Assembly Procedure
33. When removal is necessary, use a chisel to break Table 45
carrier (39). Remove the carrier. Required Tools
34. Use tool (E) to remove two bearings (38) from Tool Part Number Description Qty
output flange (37).
A 1P-1863 Retaining Ring Pliers 1

B 138-7575 Link Bracket 2


C 136-1452 Internal Tip Pliers 1

D 138-7573 Link Bracket 2


E 1P-0510 Driver Group 1

F 1P-0520 Driver Group 1

G 2P-8312 Retaining Ring Pliers 1


176 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Reference: Refer to Specifications, “Torque


Divider”Specifications, Torque Divider in the Service
Manual for your machine.

Note: In order to ensure that the torque divider is


capable of efficient operation, take the measurements
in Steps 1 and 2. Then, follow the procedure for
assembly of the torque divider.
1. Check the clearance between the turbine wheel
and the stator by the following steps:

Illustration 589 g00495912

a. Use micrometer (44) for outside diameters to


measure the diameter of the flange at four
points on the stator. Record the minimum
reading.

Illustration 588 g00495906

a. Place stator (25) on turbine wheel (32). While


you hold the stator against one side of the
turbine wheel, measure the clearance between
the stator and the turbine wheel with 1U-7234
Feeler Gauge(43).

b. The correct clearance between the stator and


the turbine wheel is 1.85 ± 0.09 mm
Illustration 590 g00495907
(0.0735 ± 0.0035 inch). Check the clearance at
four different points on the turbine wheel. The
maximum clearance for any measurement is b. Use 6V-6000Dial Bore Gauge(45) to measure
2.15 mm (0.085 inch). the diameter of the flange at four points on
impeller wheel (22). Record the maximum
c. The running clearance is one half of the reading.
clearance across the diameters. The correct
running clearance is 0.925 ± 0.045 mm c. The clearance across the diameters is the
(0.0367 ± 0.0017 inch). The maximum running difference between the readings of Steps 2.b.
clearance for any measurement is 1.07 mm and 2.a.. The correct clearance between the
(0.042 inch). stator and the impeller wheel is
1.245 ± 0.075 mm (0.049 ± 0.003 inch). The
2. Check the clearance between the impeller wheel maximum clearance for any measurement is
and the stator by the following steps: 1.54 mm (0.061 inch).

d. The running clearance is one half of the


clearance across the diameters. The correct
running clearance is 0.622 ± 0.037 mm
(0.0245 ± 0.0015 inch). The maximum running
clearance for any measurement is 0.77 mm
(0.030 inch).
SENR8327 177
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 591 g00533599 Illustration 593 g00533602

3. Use tool (F) to install bearing (42) in housing (34).

Illustration 594 g00533449

Illustration 592 g00533452 5. Use tool (F) to install two bearings (38) in output
flange (37) by the following steps:
4. Place retainer (41) on the housing. Install six bolts
(46). Tighten the bolts to a torque of 50 ± 7 N·m a. Install one bearing (38) to a 25.4 mm
(37 ± 5 lb ft). (1.0 inch) depth below the surface of output
flange (37). See Illustration 593 .

b. Install one bearing (38) even with the surface


of the splined end of output flange (37). See
Illustration 594 .
c. After you install bearings (38), check the inside
diameter of the bearings. The correct inside
diameter after installation is
44.501 ± 0.013 mm (1.7520 ± 0.0005 inch).

6. If carrier (39) is separate from output flange (37),


heat the carrier to a temperature of 152° ± 14°C
(305° ± 25°F) for ten minutes. Install carrier (39) on
output flange (37). Install seal ring (40) on the
carrier.
178 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 595 g00533442 Illustration 597 g00533437

13. Use tool (F) to install bearing (31) in planetary


NOTICE
Make sure that the assembly of the components does carrier (30).
not damage the seals.

7. Apply clean SAE 30W oil to seal ring (40). Pull the
ends of the seal ring together. Install output flange
(37) in housing (34).

8. Place the retaining ring on the outer groove on


output flange (37). The outer groove is shown in
Illustration 593 . Compress the ring and install ring
gear (36). In order to hold the ring gear in place,
make sure that the retaining ring engages the slot
in ring gear (36).

9. Install two pins (35) that hold the retaining ring.


Illustration 598 g00533607

14. Use two 3/8 inch by 24 NF guide bolts. Position


planetary carrier (30) on impeller wheel (22) with
the guide bolts. Use tool (G) to install the planetary
carrier on the impeller wheel.

Illustration 596 g00533604

10. While you hold the unit of ring gear (36) and of
output flange (37), turn over housing (34). Install
locknut (48) on the output flange. Tighten locknut
(48) to a torque of 170 ± 15 N·m (125 ± 11 lb ft).

11. Install turbine wheel (32) on the output flange.

12. Use tool (G) to install retaining ring (19) on the


output flange.
SENR8327 179
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 599 g00533608 Illustration 601 g00533614

15. Turn over impeller wheel (22). Place the retainer


NOTICE
on the impeller wheel. Install eight bolts (49) and Make sure that the assembly of the components does
tighten the bolts to a torque of 50 ± 10 N·m not damage the seals.
(37 ± 7 lb ft).
18. Apply clean SAE 30W oil to seal ring (28). Pull the
ends of the seal ring together. Position carrier (27)
on the impeller wheel.

19. Use tool (F) to install carrier (27) in impeller wheel


(22).

Illustration 600 g00533434

16. Install six pins (26) in carrier (27).

17. Install seal ring (28) on the carrier.

Illustration 602 g00533615

20. Turn over the impeller wheel. Install two 3/8 inch
guide bolts. Place stator (25) on the impeller wheel
and install the eight bolts. Tighten the eight bolts to
a torque of 30 ± 5 N·m (22 ± 4 lb ft).
180 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 603 g00533616 Illustration 605 g00629961

Note: The impeller wheel with the carrier weighs


NOTICE
30 kg (65 lb).
Make sure that the assembly of the components does
21. Turn over the impeller wheel. Install tool (D) on not damage the seals.
the impeller wheel. Attach a lifting device. Place
the impeller wheel with the carrier on housing (34).
Remove tool (D) and install the 36 bolts. Tighten 25. Apply clean SAE 30W oil to seal ring (21). Pull the
the bolts to a torque of 30 ± 5 N·m (22 ± 4 lb ft). ends of the seal ring together. Install shaft (16) and
install the bearing in the torque converter.

26. Use tool (C) to install retaining ring (17).

27. Install O-ring seal (14) on carrier (27). Apply clean


SAE 30W oil to the seal.
28. Install the lip seal in the carrier with the lip of the
seal toward bearing (33). Apply clean SAE 30W oil
to the lip of the seal.

Illustration 604 g00495646

22. Heat bearing race (18) to a temperature of 135 °C


(275 °F) for ten minutes. Install the bearing race on
shaft (16).

23. Install seal ring (21) on the shaft.

24. Heat bearing (20) to a temperature of 135 °C


(275 °F) for ten minutes. Install the bearing on the
Illustration 606 g00495909
shaft.
Note: The cover of the torque converter weighs 70 kg
(150 lb).
29. Install tool (B) on cover (12) and attach a hoist.

30. Use two 3/8 inch by 24 NF guide bolts to install


cover (12) on the torque converter. Make sure that
O-ring seal (14) stays in position when you install
the cover.
SENR8327 181
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 607 g00495913

31. Install eight bolts (10) and tighten the bolts to a


torque of 50 ± 7 N·m (37 ± 5 lb ft).

32. Install yoke (52). Place O-ring seal (51) on yoke


(52). Install retainer (53) and install bolt (54). Illustration 609 g00533624
Tighten bolt (54) to a torque of 115 ± 7 N·m
(85 ± 5 lb ft). 35. Install spiral ring (3) in the inner diameter of
planetary carrier (2). Position retainer (4) next to
the spiral ring.

Illustration 610 g00495910

36. Position planetary carrier (2) in ring gear (36) and


on shaft (16). Make sure that retainer (4) stays in
Illustration 608 g00533622 place.

33. Place bearing (5) in planetary gear (6). Place one 37. Use tool (A) to install retaining ring (1).
spacer (9) on each side of planetary gear (6). End By:
Place these components in the planetary carrier.
Install shaft (7). Install the torque divider. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, “Torque Divider -
34. Align the hole in shaft (7) with the hole in the Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Torque
planetary carrier. Install pin (8) even with the Divider - Install in this module.
surface of the planetary carrier.
182 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022249

Torque Divider - Install


SMCS Code: 3113-012

Installation Procedure
Table 46
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 138-7575 Link Bracket 3


B 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 1

Illustration 613 g00617588


Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
“Torque Divider”Specifications, Torque Divider in the
Service Manual for your machine.

Illustration 614 g00617591

Illustration 611 g00617576 3. Position bracket (10) and install 12 bolts (9).

4. Remove tools (A) and (B).

Illustration 612 g00617585

Illustration 615 g00617574


Note: The torque divider weighs 140 kg (310 lb).
1. Install tools (A) and (B). Position the torque divider
5. Install strap (8).
under the machine.
2. Raise the torque divider into position in the
machine.
SENR8327 183
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 616 g00617571 Illustration 619 g00617532

6. Connect two hydraulic lines (6) and install clips (7). 9. Install the screen and connect two hoses on the
torque divider (1).

10. Install drain plug (2) and fill the power train with
oil.

Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance


Manual, SEBU6891, “Transmission Oil and Screen -
Change/Clean”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Transmission Oil and Screen - Change/Clean.
End By:
Install the torque converter outlet relief valve.
Refer to Disassembly and Assembly, “Torque
Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Torque
Converter Outlet Relief Valve - Install in this
Illustration 617 g00495589
module.
Install the main drive shaft. Refer to Disassembly
7. Install O-ring seals, sleeve (5), and elbow (4). and Assembly, “Main Drive Shaft - Remove and
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Main Drive
Shaft - Remove and Install in this module.

i01022251

Transmission Planetary -
Remove
SMCS Code: 3002-011

Removal Procedure
Table 47
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


Illustration 618 g00617544
142-1664 Lifting Bracket 1

8. Connect two hoses (3) on the torque converter. 151-2816 Plate 1


2H-3745 Bolt (1 inch by 14 by 2 3/4 4
A
inch)

5P-8622 Shackle 1
FT-1977 Adapter 1

B FT-1897 Adapter 1
184 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Start By:
Remove the main drive shaft. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, “Main Drive Shaft
- Remove and Install”Disassembly and
Assembly, Main Drive Shaft - Remove and
Install in this module.
Reference: See the procedure in Disassembly and
Assembly, “Transmission and Bevel Gears -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Transmission
and Bevel Gears - Remove in this module. The
following procedure does not require removal of the
axles or of the bevel and transfer gears. The
procedure in the reference offers easier steps for
removal and for reassembly. The two procedures
have different required tools. Illustration 620 g00618250

NOTICE 2. Remove four bolts (2).


Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
tained during performance of inspection, mainte- 3. Remove four bolts (1) from the flanges for the
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be control cables.
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
before opening any compartment or disassembling 4. Remove 17 bolts (4) and remove cover (3) with the
any component containing fluids. gasket.

Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar


Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.

1. Drain the power train oil from the bevel gear case.
Install the drain plug after the oil is completely
drained. Loosen the bolts that hold the cover of the
suction screen. Drain the remainder of the oil from
the transmission. Install the cover and tighten the
bolts after all of the oil is drained.
Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance Illustration 621 g00618401
Manual, SEBU6891, “Transmission Oil and Screen -
Change/Clean”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Transmission Oil and Screen - Change/Clean in the
Service Manual for your machine.

Illustration 622 g00618398

5. Remove these components: adapter (5), two tubes


(17) and the two O-ring seals.
SENR8327 185
Disassembly and Assembly Section

6. Disconnect two control cables (6). Remove two Note: The planetary transmission weighs 450 kg
control cables (6) from the bevel gear case. (990 lb).
11. Attach a suitable lifting device with tool (A) to the
7. Install cover (3) and 17 bolts (4). transmission cover.
12. Remove the small round cover. Install tool (B) on
the transmission cover.
13. Remove four bolts (8) and 22 bolts (7) from the
transmission cover. The axle shafts prevent the
bevel gear case from movement in the main case
and frame during the removal of the planetary
transmission.

Illustration 623 g00618643

Illustration 625 g00618645

Illustration 624 g00618644

8. Attach the FT-1977 Adapter to the 142-1664


Lifting Bracket. Refer to Table 47 .

9. Install protective plywood or covering over the rear


window of the cab.
10. Adjust the top hanger (Dimension (X) ) to 241 mm
(9.5 inch). Adjust the lower hanger all the way Illustration 626 g00618646
inward.
14. Insert a long bar in tool (B). Remove the planetary
transmission from the machine.
15. Remove large O-ring seal (9) and four small O-
Personal injury or death can result from lifting a ring seals from the inside of the transmission
heavy assembly. cover.
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
hoist to lift the load.
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body
assembly is given below.
186 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i03688024 2. Inspect the O-ring seals. Replace any damaged


components. Apply clean oil to the O-ring seals
Transmission Planetary - before assembly.
Install 3. Install O-ring seal (9) and four small O-ring seals
SMCS Code: 3002-012 on the transmission cover.

Installation Procedure
Table 48
Required Tools Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
heavy assembly.
Tool Part Number Description Qty
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
142-1664 Lifting Bracket 1
hoist to lift the load.
151-2816 Plate 1
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
2H-3745 Bolt (1 inch by 14 by 2 3/4 4 heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the as-
A
inch) sembly is given below.
5P-8622 Shackle 1
FT-1977 Adapter 1 Note: The planetary transmission weighs 450 kg
(990 lb).
B FT-1897 Adapter 1 4. Attach a suitable lifting device to tool (A). Insert a
long bar in tool (B) in order to orient the
transmission during the installation. Install the
planetary transmission in the machine.

5. Align the splines of transmission output shaft (10)


with the transfer gears during the installation.

Illustration 627 g00618645

Illustration 629 g00618644

6. Install four bolts (8) and 22 bolts (7) in the


transmission cover.
7. Remove tool (B). Install the small round cover on
the transmission. Remove tool (A).

8. Remove 17 bolts (4) and cover (3). See Illustration


632 .

Illustration 628 g00618646

1. Install tools (A) and (B) on the planetary


transmission.
SENR8327 187
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 630 g00618398 Illustration 632 g00618250

9. Install the O-ring seals on two covers (1). Insert two 14. Install cover (3) with the gasket and install 17
control cables (6) through the holes in the bolts (4).
transmission cover.
Note: If the rear cover is removed for any reason,
10. Install the bolts that hold two covers (1). replace the gasket with a new gasket for the
applicable model. A new gasket is recommended in
11. Connect two control cables (6). order to prevent leakage.

12. Install the O-ring seals on two tubes (17). Install 15. Install four bolts (2).
the tubes in the transmission hydraulic control.
16. Fill the power train oil system.

Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance


Manual, “Lubricant Viscosities and Refill
Capacities”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Lubricant Viscosities and Refill Capacities in the
Service Manual for your machine.
End By:
Install the main drive shaft. Refer to Disassembly
and Assembly, “Main Drive Shaft - Remove and
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Main Drive
Shaft - Remove and Install in this module.

i01022250

Illustration 631 g00618401 Transmission and Bevel Gears


13. Install adapter (5) on the two tubes. - Remove
SMCS Code: 3010-011; 3150-011

Removal Procedure
Table 49
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


A FT-1952 Axle Removal Tool 1

B FT-1897 Adapter 1

C 138-7575 Link Bracket 2


4C-4089 Transmission Jack 1
D
4C-4090 Holding Tool 1
188 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Start By:
Remove the main drive shaft. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, “Main Drive Shaft
- Remove and Install”Disassembly and
Assembly, Main Drive Shaft - Remove and
Install in this module.
Remove the axles. Refer to Disassembly and
Assembly, “Axle - Remove and
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Axle -
Remove and Install in this module.
Reference: See the procedure in Disassembly and
Assembly, “Transmission Planetary -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Transmission
Planetary - Remove in this module. The following
Illustration 633 g00618250
procedure offers easier steps for removal and for
reassembly. The procedure in the reference does not
require removal of the axles or of the bevel and 2. Remove four bolts (2).
transfer gears. The two procedures have different
required tools. 3. Remove four bolts (1) from the flanges for the
control cables.
NOTICE 4. Remove 17 bolts (4) and remove cover (3) with the
Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con- gasket.
tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
nance, testing, adjusting and repair of the product. Be
prepared to collect the fluid with suitable containers
before opening any compartment or disassembling
any component containing fluids.
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Caterpillar
Tools and Shop Products Guide” for tools and sup-
plies suitable to collect and contain fluids on Caterpil-
lar products.
Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
mandates.

1. Drain the power train oil from the main case and
frame into a suitable container for storage or for
disposal. Loosen the bolts that hold the cover of Illustration 634 g00618401
the suction screen. Drain the remainder of the oil
from the transmission. Install the cover and tighten
the bolts after all of the oil is drained.
Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, “Transmission Oil and Screen - Change/
Clean”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
Transmission Oil and Screen - Change/Clean in the
Service Manual for your machine.

Illustration 635 g00618398

5. Remove these components: adapter (5), two tubes


(17) and the two O-ring seals.
SENR8327 189
Disassembly and Assembly Section

6. Disconnect two control cables (6). Remove two


control cables (6) from the bevel gear case.

Illustration 638 g00618355

Illustration 636 g00618351

7. Remove yoke (7). Remove four bolts (8) and


retainer (9) from the transmission and bevel gear
case.

Illustration 639 g00618357

Note: The transmission and bevel gears weigh


830 kg (1830 lb).
9. Remove the small cover and install tool (B) on the
transmission cover. Attach a suitable lifting device
to tool (B).
Illustration 637 g00619138

8. Insert tool (A) into the left final drive by NOTICE


approximately 940 mm (37 inch). Rotate tool (A) Do not remove the four bolts that hold the transmis-
by 180 degrees, or rotate tool (A) until the sliding sion cover to the bevel gear case.
carrier is off the bevel gear shaft. Rotate tool (A)
backward by 180 degrees and remove the tool 10. Remove 22 bolts (11). Do not remove four bolts
from the final drive. (10).

11. Install two 1/2 inch by 13 forcing screws (12) (part


of tool (B) ).
190 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

15. Remove the lifting device from tool (B) and attach
the lifting device to tool (C). Remove the
transmission and bevel gears from the tube
assemblies.
16. Remove large O-ring seal (15) from the back side
of the transmission cover. Remove four O-ring
seals (13) and (16) from the transmission and
bevel gear case.

i03688030

Transmission and Bevel Gears


- Install
Illustration 640 g00618358
SMCS Code: 3010-012; 3150-012
The location for tool (D) is shown. Tool (D) is not
shown.
Installation Procedure
Table 50
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


A 8S-9906 Ratchet Puller 2

B FT-1897 Adapter 1

C 138-7575 Link Bracket 2


4C-4089 Transmission Jack 1
D
4C-4090 Holding Tool 1

Illustration 641 g00618360


Personal injury or death can result from lifting a
heavy assembly.
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
Personal injury or death can result from lifting a hoist to lift the load.
heavy assembly. Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the as-
The heavy assembly can fall if using an incorrect
sembly is given below.
hoist to lift the load.
Be sure the hoist has the correct capacity to lift a
heavy assembly. Approximate weight of the body 1. Inspect the O-ring seals for wear and for damage.
assembly is given below. Replace the O-ring seals, if necessary. Apply clean
oil to the O-ring seals before assembly.
12. Use the lifting device to slowly remove the
transmission and bevel gears from the main case
of the machine. The transmission and bevel gears
roll on telescoping tube assemblies.

13. Make sure that the transmission and bevel gears


are securely supported during the removal
procedure by tool (D).

14. Install tool (C) on the top of the transmission case.


SENR8327 191
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 642 g00618360 Illustration 644 g00620563


The location for tool (D) is shown. Tool (D) is not
shown.

Illustration 645 g00618372

Illustration 643 g00618358 9. Attach tool (A) between tools (B) and (C).

2. Install large O-ring seal (15) on the back side of the 10. Use tool (D) or the lifting device to align the
transmission cover. Install four O-ring seals (13) transmission and bevel gears. Use tool (A) to
and (16) on the transmission and bevel gear case. install the unit in the main case of the machine.
11. Install 22 bolts (11).
Note: The transmission and bevel gears weigh
830 kg (1830 lb). 12. Remove all of the tools. Install the small cover
3. Install tool (C) on the top of the transmission case. with the gasket when you remove tool (B).
Attach a suitable lifting device to tool (C).

4. Make sure that the transmission and bevel gears


are securely supported during the installation
procedure by tool (D).

5. Position the transmission and bevel gears on tube


assemblies (14).

6. Install tool (B) on the transmission cover.

7. Remove the lifting device from tool (C) and attach


the lifting device to tool (B).

8. Remove tool (C) from the top of the transmission


case and attach tool (C) to the track roller frames.
192 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 646 g00618351 Illustration 648 g00618401

13. Use two guide bolts (part of tool (B) ) to install 19. Install adapter (5) on the two tubes.
retainer (9). Install four bolts (8). Tighten the bolts
to a torque of 55 ± 10 N·m (41 ± 7 lb ft).

14. Install yoke (7).

Illustration 649 g00618250

20. Install the gasket and cover (3). Install 17 bolts


(4). Install four bolts (2).
Illustration 647 g00618398
Note: If the rear cover is removed for any reason,
15. Install the O-ring seals on two covers (1). Insert replace the gasket with a new gasket for the
two control cables (6) through the holes in the applicable model. A new gasket is recommended in
transmission cover. order to prevent leakage.

16. Install the bolts that hold two covers (1). 21. Fill the power train oil system.

17. Connect two control cables (6). Reference: Refer to Operation and Maintenance
Manual, “Lubricant Viscosities and Refill
18. Install the O-ring seals on two tubes (17). Install Capacities”Operation and Maintenance Manual,
the tubes in the transmission hydraulic control. Lubricant Viscosities and Refill Capacities in the
Service Manual for your machine.
End By:
Install the axles. Refer to Disassembly and
Assembly, “Axle - Remove and
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Axle -
Remove and Install in this module.
Install the main drive shaft. Refer to Disassembly
and Assembly, “Main Drive Shaft - Remove and
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Main Drive
Shaft - Remove and Install in this module.
SENR8327 193
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022254

Brake Control Valve - Remove


SMCS Code: 4265-011

Removal Procedure
Start By:
Remove the seat. See the procedure in
Disassembly and Assembly, SENR8331, “Seat
- Remove and Install”Disassembly and
Assembly, Seat - Remove and Install.

Illustration 651 g00617837

1. Remove O-ring seal (1) from the bottom of brake


control valve (2).

Illustration 650 g00617722

1. Disconnect two brake rods (1) from brake control


valve (3).

2. Remove 19 bolts (2) from brake control valve (3).


Illustration 652 g00617729
Note: Do not remove four bolts (A). Bolts (A) fasten
the priority valve to the bevel gear case. 2. Remove these components from the brake control
3. Remove brake control valve (3) and the separator valve: valve spool (4), spring (5), plunger (6) and
plate. plug and seal (7).

i01022255

Brake Control Valve -


Disassemble
SMCS Code: 4265-015

Disassembly Procedure
Start By:
Remove the brake control valve. See the
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Brake Control Valve - Remove”Disassembly
and Assembly, Brake Control Valve - Remove
in this module. Illustration 653 g00617767

3. Remove slug (10), retaining ring (11), retainer (9),


spring (12), and ball (8) from valve spool (4).
194 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

8. Remove the pressure tap and seal (22).

i01022256

Brake Control Valve -


Assemble
SMCS Code: 4265-016

Assembly Procedure
Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,
“Brake Control Valve”Specifications, Brake Control
Valve in the Service Manual for your machine.
Illustration 654 g00617752

4. Remove these components from the brake control


valve: valve spool (14), plunger (16) and plug and
seal (15).

Illustration 657 g00617755

1. Install the pressure tap and seal (22). Tighten the


pressure tap to a torque of 37 ± 7 N·m (27 ± 5 lb ft)
.
Illustration 655 g00617753 2. Install the plug and seal (21). Tighten the plug to a
torque of 37 ± 7 N·m (27 ± 5 lb ft).
5. Remove ring (20) and pin (17) in order to separate
valve spool (14) from plunger (16).

6. Remove O-ring seal (18) and lip seal (19) from the
plug.

Illustration 658 g00617753

3. Install lip seal (19) and O-ring seal (18) on the plug.

4. Use pin (17) and ring (20) to connect plunger (16)


Illustration 656 g00617755 and valve spool (14).

7. Remove the plug and seal (21).


SENR8327 195
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 659 g00617752 Illustration 661 g00617729

5. Install these components in the brake control valve: 8. Install these components in the brake control valve:
plug and seal (15), plunger (16) and valve spool valve spool (4), spring (5), plunger (6) and plug
(14). and seal (7).

6. Tighten the plug to a torque of 75 ± 10 N·m 9. Tighten the plug to a torque of 75 ± 10 N·m
(55 ± 7 lb ft). (55 ± 7 lb ft).

Illustration 660 g00617767 Illustration 662 g00617837

7. Install ball (8), spring (12), retainer (9), retaining 10. Install O-ring seal (1) in the bottom of brake
ring (11), and slug (10) in valve spool (4). control valve (2).
End By:
Install the brake control valve. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, “Brake Control
Valve - Install”Disassembly and Assembly,
Brake Control Valve - Install in this module.

i01022257

Brake Control Valve - Install


SMCS Code: 4265-012

Installation Procedure
196 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 663 g00617722 Illustration 664 g00617838

1. Position the separator plate and brake control 1. Remove bolts (1) and cover (2) from both final
valve (3) on the priority valve. drives.

2. Install 19 bolts (2) in brake control valve (3). 2. Remove the O-ring seal from cover (2).

3. Tighten the bolts to a torque of 30 ± 4 N·m


(22 ± 3 lb ft).

4. Connect two brake rods (1) to brake control valve


(3).
End By:
Adjust the brakes. Refer to Specifications,
SENR8324, “Foot Brake Control”Specifications,
Foot Brake Control in the Service Manual for
your machine.
Install the seat. Refer to Disassembly and
Assembly, SENR8331, “Seat - Remove and
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Seat -
Remove and Install. Illustration 665 g00617839

i01269724 3. Remove retainer (3) from both final drives.

Axle - Remove and Install


SMCS Code: 3278-010

Removal Procedure
Table 51
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A FT-1952 Axle Removal Tool 1

Illustration 666 g00617840

4. Use tool (A) to remove the outer axles from both


final drives.
SENR8327 197
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 667 g00617841 Illustration 669 g00617840

5. Use tool (A) to remove the inner axle from the left 3. Use tool (A) to install the outer axle on the right
side of the machine. side of the machine.

Installation Procedure 4. Use tool (A) to install the outer axle on the left side
Table 52
of the machine.
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A FT-1952 Axle Removal Tool 1

1. Release the brakes.

Illustration 670 g00617839

5. Install retainer (3) in the final drives.

Illustration 668 g00617841

2. Use tool (A) to install the inner axle on the left side
of the machine. If the carrier is removed from the
bevel gear shaft, slide the carrier on the bevel gear
shaft as the inner axle is installed.

Illustration 671 g00617838

6. Install the O-ring seal in cover (2).

7. Install cover (2) and four bolts (1) on both final


drives.
198 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i01022260 i01022261

Transmission and Bevel Gears Transmission and Bevel Gears


- Separate - Connect
SMCS Code: 3010-076 SMCS Code: 3010-077

Procedure to Separate the Unit Procedure to Connect the Unit


Table 53 Table 54

Required Tools Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty Tool Part Number Description Qty

1P-2420 Repair Stand 1 1P-2420 Repair Stand 1


A Transmission A Transmission

B 138-7575 Link Bracket 3 B 138-7575 Link Bracket 3

Start By: 1. Inspect the O-ring seals. Replace any seals that
are damaged or worn. Install the O-ring seals on
Remove the transmission and bevel gears. See the transmission.
the procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Transmission and Bevel Gears -
Remove”Disassembly and Assembly, Note: The transfer and bevel gears weigh 380 kg
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Remove in (840 lb).
this module. 2. Install tool (A) on the bevel gear case. Attach a
hoist.

Illustration 672 g00620565

Illustration 673 g00620565


Note: The transmission and bevel gears weigh
830 kg (1820 lb).
3. Position the transfer and bevel gears (1) on
1. Install tool (A) on the bevel gear case. Attach a
transmission (2).
suitable lifting device.
4. Install the four bolts that hold the transfer and bevel
2. Position the transmission and bevel gears on tool
gears (1) to transmission (2).
(B).

3. Remove the four bolts that hold the transfer and Note: The transmission and bevel gears weigh
bevel gears (1) to transmission (2). 830 kg (1820 lb).
5. Remove the transmission and bevel gears from
Note: The transfer and bevel gears weigh 380 kg tool (B).
(840 lb).
6. Remove the hoist. Remove tool (A) from the bevel
4. Separate the transfer and bevel gears (1) from
gear case.
transmission (2).
SENR8327 199
Disassembly and Assembly Section

End By:
Install the transmission and bevel gears. See the
procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Transmission and Bevel Gears -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly,
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Install in this
module.

i01022262

Bevel and Transfer Gears -


Disassemble
SMCS Code: 3011-015
Illustration 674 g00618404
Disassembly Procedure
Table 55 1. Remove two bolts (1) and roller bracket (3) from
each side of transfer gear case (4).
Required Tools

Description Qty 2. Remove O-ring seal (2).


Tool Part Number
A 138-7575 Link Bracket 3
B 138-7575 Link Bracket 1

C 8H-0663 Bearing Puller 1

D 8T-2839 Spanner Wrench 1

E 1P-1863 Retaining Ring Pliers 1

0S-1607 Bolt (3/4 inch by 16 by 5 1


inch)
F
9S-9076 Spacer (2 inch height) 2

8B-7551 Bearing Puller 1

5B-0637 Nut (1 inch by 14) 1

5P-8250 Washer (5 mm by 49 mm) 1 Illustration 675 g00618407


5P-8248 Washer (3.5 mm by 37 mm) 2
3. Remove 16 bolts (5) that hold transfer gear case
1B-4207 Nut (3/4 inch by 16) 2
G (4) to the bevel gear case.
5F-7366 Forcing Screw 1

3H-0465 Push-Puller Plate 4 Note: The transfer gear case weighs 100 kg (220 lb).
4. Install tool (A) and attach a hoist. Remove transfer
8B-7550 Push-Puller Leg 2
gear case (4) from the bevel gear case.
8B-7548 Push-Puller 1
5P-2958 Step Plate 1

H 1H-3110 Bearing Puller 1

Start By:
Separate the transmission and bevel gears. See
the procedure in Disassembly and Assembly,
“Transmission and Bevel Gears -
Separate”Disassembly and Assembly,
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Separate in
this module.

Note: Mark the shims and mark the other


components during the disassembly procedure for
correct assembly.
200 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 676 g00618408 Illustration 679 g00618420

NOTICE
When these components are removed, the compo-
nents are damaged.

8. If removal is necessary, remove bearing cup (10)


and bearing (11) from cage (7).

Illustration 677 g00618411

5. Remove six bolts (6) that hold cage (7) to transfer


gear case (4).

6. Install two 1/2 inch by 13 NC forcing screws (8).


Tighten the screws evenly. Remove cage (7) and
the shims from transfer gear case (4).
Illustration 680 g00618422

9. Remove transfer gear (12) from transfer gear case


(4).

Illustration 678 g00618415

7. Remove lip seal (9) from cage (7).


SENR8327 201
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 681 g00618456 Illustration 682 g00618458

NOTICE
When these components are removed, the compo-
nents are damaged.

10. If removal is necessary, remove bearing cones


(14) from transfer gear (13).

Illustration 683 g00618460

11. Remove six bolts (15) from cage (16). Install two
1/2 inch by 13 NC forcing screws (17) in cage (16).
Tighten the screws evenly. Remove cage (16) and
shims (19) from transfer gear case (4).

12. Remove bearing cup (18) from transfer gear case


(4).

Illustration 684 g00618461

13. Remove bearing cup (20) from cage (16).


202 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 685 g00618463 Illustration 688 g00618475

17. Place the pinion gear in a press and in tool (H).


See Illustration 17. Remove transfer gear (25) and
bearing cone (24) from pinion gear (26).

18. Use tool (C) and a press to remove bearing cone


(27) from pinion gear (26).

Illustration 686 g00618464

14. Remove the bolt and retainer (21) from pinion


gear (22).

Note: The pinion gear weighs 35 kg (77 lb).


15. Install tool (B) and attach a hoist. Remove pinion Illustration 689 g00618477
gear (22) from the bevel gear case.
19. Bend locking tab (28) away from spanner nut (29).

Illustration 687 g00618474


Illustration 690 g00618478
16. Remove bearing cup (23) for the pinion gear from
the bevel gear case. 20. Remove one bolt from the bevel gear and install
tool (F).
SENR8327 203
Disassembly and Assembly Section

24. Remove the six bolts. Install two 1/2 inch by 13


NC forcing screws (33). Tighten the screws evenly.
Remove the following components from the bevel
gear case: cage (32), two bearing cones (34), the
spacer between the bearing cones and the shims.

Illustration 691 g00618479

21. Use tool (D) to remove spanner nut (29). Remove


tool (F).

Illustration 694 g00620575

25. Remove bearing cups (35) and (36) and remove


the center ring from cage (32).

Illustration 692 g00620567

Note: The bevel gear and shaft (30) weigh 55 kg


(120 lb).
22. In order to remove the bearings, use nylon straps
and a hoist to support the bevel gear and shaft
(30).

Illustration 693 g00620573

23. Remove washer (31).


204 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 695 g00620576 Illustration 698 g00620581

29. Use tool (E) to remove retaining ring (43) from


bevel gear shaft (30).

30. Use tool (G) to remove bearing race (42) from the
bevel gear shaft.

Illustration 696 g00618480

26. Remove six bolts (37). Install two 1/2 inch by 13


NC forcing screws (38). Tighten the screws evenly.
Remove cage (39) and the bearing from the bevel
gear case.
Illustration 699 g00620582
27. Use the hoist to remove the bevel gear and shaft
(30) from the bevel gear case. 31. Remove 12 bolts (44). Remove bevel gear (45)
from bevel gear shaft (30).

32. Remove the tube assemblies from the bevel gear


housing.

Illustration 697 g00620578

28. Install one 1/4 inch by 20 NC bolt. Remove dowel


(40) from cage (39). Remove bearing race (41).
SENR8327 205
Disassembly and Assembly Section

i04225949

Bevel and Transfer Gears -


Assemble
SMCS Code: 3011-016

Assembly Procedure
Table 56
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 1P-1863 Retaining Ring Pliers 1

B 8T-2839 Spanner Wrench 1 Illustration 701 g00620587

C 138-7575 Link Bracket 1


3. Heat bearing race (42) to a maximum temperature
D 1P-0520 Driver Group 1 of 135 °C (275 °F). Install the bearing race on the
E 138-7575 Link Bracket 3
bevel gear shaft.

F 8T-5096 Dial Indicator 1 4. Use tool (A) to install retaining ring (43) on bevel
0S-1607 Bolt (3/4 inch by 16 by 5 1 gear shaft (30).
inch)
G
9S-9076 Spacer (2 inch height) 1

9S-9077 Spacer (1 inch height) 1

Reference: Refer to Specifications, SENR8324,


“Bevel and Transfer Gears”Specifications, Bevel and
Transfer Gears in the Service Manual for your
machine.
Note: Measure the end play during rotation of the
bearings. Only measure end play while the bearings
are under load.

Illustration 702 g00620588

5. Install three tube assemblies in the bevel gear


case.

Note: The bevel gear and shaft (30) weighs 55 kg


(120 lb).
6. Use lifting straps and a hoist to install bevel gear
and shaft (30) in the bevel gear case.

7. Install bearing cone (46) on the bevel gear shaft.

Illustration 700 g00620582

1. Position bevel gear (45) on bevel gear shaft (30).


Install 11 bolts (44) and tool (G).

2. Tighten bolts (44) to a torque of 475 ± 60 N·m


(350 ± 45 lb ft).
206 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 703 g00620589 Illustration 705 g00620575

8. Align the dowel hole in bearing race (41) with the 10. Lower the temperature of two bearing cups (35).
hole in bearing cage (39), and install the bearing in Install ring (36) and the bearing cups in bearing
the bearing cage. Install dowel (40) in the bearing cage (32).
cage in order to hold the bearing.

Illustration 706 g00620590


Illustration 704 g00618480
11. Install bearing cage (32) without shims. Loosely
9. Place bearing cage (39) on the bevel gear case install the six bolts that hold bearing cage (32) to
and install six bolts (37). Tighten the bolts to a the bevel gear case.
torque of 135 ± 20 N·m (100 ± 15 lb ft).
12. Install the spacer and bearing cone (34) on the
bevel gear shaft.

13. Align the notch in the bevel gear shaft with the
tooth on washer (31). Install washer (31).

14. Align the teeth on the lock with the notch in the
bevel gear shaft. Install the lock.

15. Apply 5P-3931 Anti-Seize Compound to the


threads and face of spanner nut (29). Install
spanner nut (29) on the bevel gear shaft.

16. Use tool (B) to tighten nut (29) to a torque of


612 ± 68 N·m (452 ± 49 lb ft). Bend the tab on lock
(28).

17. Remove tool (G) and install remaining bolt (44) in


the bevel gear. Tighten bolt (44) to a torque of
475 ± 60 N·m (350 ± 45 lb ft).
SENR8327 207
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 709 g00618474


Illustration 707 g00618505
21. Lower the temperature of bearing cup (23) and
install the bearing cup in the bevel gear case.

Illustration 708 g00618508

18. Align the splines and install transfer gear (25) on Illustration 710 g00618510
the pinion shaft.

19. Heat bearing cone (24) to a maximum


temperature of 135 °C (275 °F). Install the bearing
cone on pinion shaft (26).

20. Heat bearing cone (27) to a maximum


temperature of 135 °C (275 °F). Install the bearing
cone on pinion shaft (26). Use a 0.038 mm
(0.0015 inch) feeler gauge to ensure that the
bearing cone is correctly seated against the
shoulder of the pinion shaft.

Illustration 711 g00618463

Note: The pinion weighs 35 kg (77 lb).


22. Install tool (C) on the pinion and attach a hoist.
Install pinion (22) in the bevel gear case.

23. Install bolt (21) and the retainer. Tighten the bolt
to a torque of 270 ± 40 N·m (200 ± 30 lb ft).
208 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 712 g00618512 Illustration 714 g00618456

24. Lower the temperature of bearing cup (18) and 26. Heat two bearing cones (14) that are behind the
install the bearing cup in transfer gear case (4). bearing races to a maximum temperature of
135 °C (275 °F). Install the bearing cones on lower
transfer gear (13). Use a 0.038 mm (0.0015 inch)
feeler gauge to ensure that the bearing cones are
correctly seated against the shoulders of the
transfer gear.

Illustration 713 g00618517

25. Lower the temperature of bearing cup (20) and


install the bearing cup in bearing cage (16).

Illustration 715 g00618519

27. Install lower transfer gear (12) in transfer gear


case (4).
SENR8327 209
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 716 g00618420 Illustration 718 g00618550

28. Use tool (D) to install bearing (11) in bearing cage 31. Install bearing cage (16) without shims on transfer
(7). gear case (4). Install two bolts (15) on opposite
sides of the bearing cage. Do not tighten the bolts
29. Lower the temperature of bearing cup (10) and in this step.
install the bearing cup in bearing cage (7).
32. Install bearing cage (7) without shims on transfer
gear case (4). Install two bolts (6) on opposite
sides of the bearing cage. Do not tighten the bolts
in this step.

Illustration 717 g00618415

30. Apply 138-8436 Sealant to the seal bore of


bearing cage (7). Use tool (D) to install lip seal (9)
in the bearing cage. Apply clean oil to the lip of the Illustration 719 g00618572
seal.
Note: The transfer gear case weighs 100 kg (220 lb).
33. Install tool (E) on transfer gear case (4) and
attach a hoist.

Note: Make sure that six bolts (15) that hold bearing
cage (16) on the transfer gear case are loose.
34. Place transfer gear case (4) on the bevel gear
case. Install 12 bolts (5) with the washers. Tighten
bolts (5) to a torque of 270 ± 40 N·m
(200 ± 30 lb ft).

35. Adjust the end play of the bearings on the lower


transfer gear. Follow the procedure in “Adjustment
of End Play of the Bearings on the Lower Transfer
Gear”.
210 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 720 g00618557 Illustration 722 g00618580

36. Remove bearing cage (7). Install the correct shim


pack from Step 35 on the transfer gear case. Install
bearing cage (7) and install six bolts (6) that hold
the bearing cage to the transfer gear case. Tighten
the six bolts to a torque of 135 ± 20 N·m
(100 ± 15 lb ft). The correct bearing end play is
0.10 ± 0.05 mm (0.0040 ± 0.0020 inch).

Reference: See the procedure in “Adjustment of End


Play of the Bearings on the Lower Transfer Gear”.

37. Adjust the end play of the bearings on the bevel


pinion. Follow the procedure in “Adjustment of End
Play of the Bearings on the Bevel Pinion”.
Illustration 723 g00620594

39. Install one 5/8 inch by 11 NC setscrew in the


transfer gear case. Tighten the forcing screw until
the clearance at the pinion is zero. Make sure that
the forcing screw is between the teeth of the gear.

Note: The transfer gear case weighs 100 kg (220 lb).


The bevel gear and shaft (23) weighs 55 kg (120 lb).
40. Position the transfer gear case with the bevel
gear shaft in a vertical position and with the bevel
gear downward.

Illustration 721 g00618578 NOTICE


Make sure that the components are correctly oriented
38. Remove bearing cage (16). Install the correct for the procedure.
shim pack from Step 37 on the transfer gear case.
Install bearing cage (16) and install the six bolts 41. Use tool (F) to measure the gear clearance
that hold the bearing cage to the transfer gear (backlash) between the bevel gear and the pinion.
case. Tighten six bolts (15) to a torque of The correct clearance is 0.36 ± 0.12 mm
135 ± 20 N·m (100 ± 15 lb ft). The correct bearing (0.014 ± 0.005 inch). Measure the clearance at
end play is 0.10 ± 0.05 mm (0.004 ± 0.0020 inch). three teeth that are equally spaced around the
gear.
Reference: See the procedure in “Adjustment of End
Play of the Bearings on the Bevel Pinion”. 42. The range of the measurements must be a
maximum of 0.15 mm (0.006 inch).
SENR8327 211
Disassembly and Assembly Section

43. Install a shim pack (48) of the correct thickness


under bearing cage (32). Install the six bolts in the
bearing cage. Tighten the six bolts evenly to a
torque of 135 ± 20 N·m (100 ± 15 lb ft).

44. Check the gear clearance (backlash). If


adjustment is required, add or remove shims (48).

NOTICE
When the procedure is completed, all tools must be
removed.

45. Remove forcing screw (47) from the transfer gear


case. Illustration 725 g00618556

1. Rotate the transfer gear by a minimum of three


revolutions so that the bearings seat correctly.
Tighten two bolts (6) evenly to a torque of 4.5 N·m
(40 lb in).

2. Rotate the transfer gear by a minimum of three


revolutions so that the bearings seat correctly.
Tighten two bolts (6) evenly to a torque of 9 N·m
(80 lb in).

3. Rotate the transfer gear by a minimum of three


revolutions so that the bearings seat correctly.
Tighten two bolts (6) again to a torque of 9 N·m
(80 lb in).
Illustration 724 g00618979
4. Use a feeler gauge to measure the gap between
46. Install two roller assemblies (2) with two bolts on bearing cage (7) and the transfer gear case. See
each assembly. Tighten the four bolts to a torque of Illustration 725 . Measure the gap at the edges of
270 ± 40 N·m (200 ± 30 lb ft). the bearing cage in alignment with the two bolts.
Average the two measurements.
End By:
Connect the transmission and bevel gears. See 5. Add 0.36 mm (0.014 inch) to the average from
the procedure in Disassembly and Assembly, Step 31. Use this result for the thickness of the
“Transmission and Bevel Gears - shim pack.
Connect”Disassembly and Assembly,
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Connect in
this module. Adjustment of End Play of the Bearings
on the Bevel Pinion
Adjustment Procedure
Use the following procedure to adjust the end play of
Adjustment of End Play of the Bearings bearings on the pinion:
on the Lower Transfer Gear
Use the following procedure to adjust the end play of
bearings on the lower transfer gear:
212 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 57, contd)


Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty


C 138-7575 Link Bracket 3

D 5P-5197 Retaining Ring Pliers 1

E 136-1452 Retaining Ring Pliers 1

FT-0947 Spring Compressor 2


F Clamp

G 138-7575 Link Bracket 2


FT-0833 Spring Compressor 2
Illustration 726 g00618610
H Clamp

1. Rotate the transfer gear by a minimum of three J 138-7575 Link Bracket 2


revolutions so that the bearings seat correctly. 3K-4897 Spring Pin (3.2 mm (1/8 inch) 8
Tighten two bolts (15) evenly to a torque of K
)
4.5 N·m (40 lb in).

2. Rotate the transfer gear by a minimum of three Start By:


revolutions so that the bearings seat correctly. Separate the transmission and bevel gears. Refer
Tighten two bolts (15) evenly to a torque of 9 N·m to Disassembly and Assembly, “Transmission
(80 lb in). and Bevel Gears - Separate”.

3. Rotate the transfer gear by a minimum of three NOTICE


revolutions so that the bearings seat correctly. Care must be taken to ensure that fluids are con-
Tighten two bolts (6) again to a torque of 9 N·m tained during performance of inspection, mainte-
(80 lb in). nance, testing, adjusting, and repair of the product.
Be prepared to collect the fluid with suitable contain-
4. See Illustration 726 . Use a feeler gauge to ers before opening any compartment or disassem-
measure the gap between bearing cage (16) and bling any component containing fluids.
the transfer gear case, as shown. Measure the gap
Refer to Special Publication, NENG2500, “Dealer
at the edges of the bearing cage in alignment with Service Tool Catalog” for tools and supplies suitable
the two bolts. Average the two measurements. to collect and contain fluids on Cat products.
5. Add 0.43 mm (0.017 inch) to the average from Dispose of all fluids according to local regulations and
Step 4. Use this result for the thickness of the shim mandates.
pack.
Note: After you conduct any of the following
i04225729 procedures, recalibrate the transmission modulating
valves:
Transmission - Disassemble
• Replacement of the transmission modulating valve
SMCS Code: 3030-015
• Replacement of the solenoid on the modulating
Disassembly Procedure valve
Table 57 • Replacement or service of the transmission
Required Tools
• Replacement of the ECM
Tool Part Number Description Qty
Reference: Refer to the Service Manual,
1P-2420 Repair Stand 1 SENR8367, Power Train Electronic Control System in
A Transmission the Service Manual for your machine.

B 138-7573 Link Bracket 3

(continued)
SENR8327 213
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 727 g00618649 Illustration 729 g01378274

1. Place the transmission on Tooling (A). Mark the 6. Install Tooling (B) on the unit of the transmission
positions of the planetary housings for correct control valves and of the priority valve.
assembly.
7. Remove bolts (7) that hold the transmission
2. Remove small O-ring seals (1) and large O-ring hydraulic control valves to the planetary
seal (2) from the transmission cover. transmission. Remove the unit of the transmission
control valves and of the priority valve. The weight
of the transmission control valves and priority valve
is approximately 36 kg (80 lb).

Illustration 728 g00618650

Illustration 730 g00618652

Personal injury can result from being struck by


parts propelled by a released spring force. 8. Remove bolt (9) and tube (8).

Make sure to wear all necessary protective 9. Remove the O-ring seal from tube (8).
equipment.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all
recommended tooling to release the spring force.

3. Remove plugs (6) and the springs.

4. Remove bolt (4). Remove the retainer. Remove


tube (5) and the seals from the tube.

5. Remove tubes (3). Remove the seals from the


tubes.
214 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 731 g01378289

10. Install Tooling (C) and attach a suitable lifting


device to the planetary transmission. The weight of
the planetary transmission is approximately 322 kg
(710 lb).
Illustration 733 g00620595
11. Remove bolts (10) that hold the planetary
transmission to the transmission cover. Remove 15. Place planetary transmission (13) on Tooling (A).
the planetary transmission. Use bolts (14) and the nuts to fasten the planetary
transmission to Tooling (A) . The weight of
planetary transmission (13) is approximately
222 kg (490 lb).

Illustration 732 g00618654

12. Attach Tooling (C) and a suitable lifting device to


the transmission cover. Remove the transmission
cover from Tooling (A). The weight of the
transmission cover is approximately 100 kg
(220 lb).

13. Turn over the transmission cover. Remove cover


(11) of the suction screen from the transmission
cover. Remove the O-ring seal.

14. Remove suction screen (12) from the


transmission cover.
SENR8327 215
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 734 g00618661 Illustration 737 g00618669

Personal injury can result from being struck by


parts propelled by a released spring force.
Make sure to wear all necessary protective
equipment.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all
recommended tooling to release the spring force.

20. Remove springs (22) and dowels (23).

21. Remove retaining ring (20) and housing assembly


(21) from ring gear (24).
Illustration 735 g02171673

16. Remove retaining ring (16) from the housing with


Tooling (D).

17. Remove bolts (15). Use Tooling (C) and a suitable


lifting device to remove housing (17). The weight of
housing (17) is approximately 23 kg (51 lb).

Illustration 738 g00618672

22. Remove ring gear (24).

NOTICE
The friction discs and the clutch plates are not inter-
changeable between the clutches. Keep the clutch
components in order and together for assembly in the
Illustration 736 g00618665
original clutches.
18. Remove retaining ring (18) from housing (17) with
Tooling (E). 23. Remove the friction discs and clutch plates (25)
from ring gear (24).
19. Remove bearing (19) from the housing.
216 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

24. Remove the friction discs and clutch plate (26)


from the ring gear.

Illustration 741 g00618675

27. Turn over the housing assembly. Remove seal


Illustration 739 g00620605 rings (34) from carrier (33). Remove O-ring seal
(32).

Personal injury can result from being struck by NOTICE


parts propelled by a released spring force. The component is destroyed if the component is
removed.
Make sure to wear all necessary protective
equipment.
28. If removal of carrier (33) is necessary, use a
Follow the recommended procedure and use all hammer and a chisel. Break the carrier and
recommended tooling to release the spring force. remove the carrier from the housing assembly.
Then, remove pin (35) that holds the carrier in
25. Position housing assembly (21) in a suitable place.
press. Compress the springs under plate (27) in
order to remove retaining ring (28). Release the
spring pressure slowly. Remove plate (27) and the
disc springs under plate (27).

Illustration 742 g01378812

29. Use Tooling (F) in order to clamp the pistons in


housing assembly (36).
Illustration 740 g00620607
30. Use Tooling (G) and a suitable lifting device to
26. Remove piston (30) from housing assembly (21). remove housing assembly (36). The weight of
Remove ring (31) and seal (29) from the piston. housing assembly (36) is approximately 46 kg
(100 lb).
SENR8327 217
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 743 g00618895 Illustration 745 g00618899

Personal injury can result from being struck by


parts propelled by a released spring force.
Make sure to wear all necessary protective
equipment.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all
recommended tooling to release the spring force.

33. Remove springs (41).

34. Remove friction discs (42) and the clutch plates.

Illustration 744 g00618898

31. Remove pistons (37) from housing (36).

32. Remove seal rings (38) and (39) from pistons


(37). Turn over housing (36). Remove piston (40)
and the seal rings.

Illustration 746 g00618907

35. Use Tooling (D) to remove retaining ring (43).


Remove gear (44).
218 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 747 g00618911 Illustration 750 g00620628

36. Remove sun gear (45) and planetary carrier (46). 40. Install Tooling (K) in the teeth around planetary
carrier (46) in order to compress the retaining ring.
Then, remove ring gear (55) from planetary carrier
(46).

Illustration 748 g00620627

Illustration 751 g01378822

41. Place wood blocks under housing (58).

42. Remove bolts (57). Use Tooling (H) in order to


clamp the piston into housing (56). The weight of
housing (56) is approximately 26 kg (57 lb).

Illustration 749 g02403078

37. Remove these components from planetary carrier


(46) : shafts (51), planetary gears (50) and thrust
washers (53) and (54). Remove bearings (49) from
planetary gears (50).

38. Remove pins (52) from shafts (51).

39. Remove retaining ring (47) and bearing (48) from


planetary carrier (46).
SENR8327 219
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 752 g00620630 Illustration 754 g00618914

43. Remove piston (59) from housing (56). 47. Remove friction discs (67) and the clutch plates
from housing (58).
44. Remove seal rings (60) and (61) from piston (59).

Illustration 755 g00618915


Illustration 753 g00618913
48. Use Tooling (D) to remove retaining ring (68). The
45. Remove dowels (62) and springs (63). retaining ring holds these components together:
the output shaft, the planetary carrier and housing
46. Remove these components from the housing:
(58).
friction discs (64), the clutch plates, ring gear (65)
and plate (66).
220 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 756 g01378829 Illustration 758 g00620697

49. Attach Tooling (B) and a suitable lifting device 52. Use Tooling (E) in order to remove retaining ring
onto output shaft (69). The weight of output shaft (73). Use two people in order to position housing
(69) is approximately 70 kg (155 lb). Remove (58). The weight of housing (58) is approximately
output shaft (69) and the planetary from housing 35 kg (77 lb).
(58).
53. Remove bearing (74).

Illustration 757 g00620696


Illustration 759 g00618924
50. Remove piston (70) from housing (58).
54. Use Tooling (K) to remove the retaining ring that
51. Remove seal rings (71) and (72) from the piston. holds ring gear (75). Remove the ring gear.
SENR8327 221
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 760 g00618925 Illustration 762 g00620698

55. Remove seal (78). Remove seal rings (77) from 61. Use Tooling (D) in order to remove retaining ring
the output shaft. Remove seal ring (76) from the (82) from output shaft (69). Remove gear (83) and
planetary carrier. bearing (84) from the output shaft.

Illustration 761 g00618926 Illustration 763 g00620702

56. Turn over the unit and position the planetary 62. Remove bearing (85) from output shaft (69).
carrier on wood blocks, as shown.

57. Remove seal (80) from output shaft (69).

58. Remove seal ring (81) from the planetary carrier.

59. Remove retaining ring (79) that holds the output


shaft to the planetary carrier.

60. Remove output shaft (69) from the input shaft and
from the planetary carrier.

Illustration 764 g00618927

63. Use Tooling (D) to remove retaining ring (89) that


holds sun gear (88) on input shaft (87). Remove
sun gear (88).
222 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

64. Use two people in order to remove planetary


carrier (86) from the input shaft. The weight of
planetary carrier (86) is approximately 26 kg
(58 lb).

Illustration 767 g00620709

67. Remove bearing (94) and the seal (not shown)


from sun gear (93).

Illustration 765 g00722406

65. Use Tooling (K) to compress retaining ring (90)


inside the ring gear. Remove ring gear (91) from
the planetary carrier.

Illustration 768 g00618944

68. Use a hammer and a punch to push pins (95) into


the planetary gear shafts.

Illustration 766 g00618943

66. Remove retaining ring (92). Remove the unit of


bearing (94) and of sun gear (93) from the
planetary carrier.

Illustration 769 g00618946

69. Remove these components from planetary carrier


(86) : planetary gear shafts (98), planetary gears
(100) and (101) and thrust washers (96).
SENR8327 223
Disassembly and Assembly Section

70. Remove bearings (97) from planetary gears (100)


and (101).

71. Remove pins (99) from planetary gear shafts (98).

Illustration 772 g00620712

75. Remove these components from planetary carrier


(102) : planetary gear shafts (108), planetary gears
(106) and thrust washers (110).
Illustration 770 g00620710
76. Remove bearings (107) from planetary gears
72. Remove planetary carrier (102) from input shaft (106).
(87).
77. Remove pins (109) from planetary gear shafts
(108).

Illustration 771 g00620721

73. Use Tooling (E) to remove retaining ring (103). Illustration 773 g00618947
Remove bearing (104) from the planetary carrier.
78. Remove O-ring seals (111) from input shaft (87).
74. Use a hammer and a punch to push pins (105)
into the planetary gear shafts.
i04225742

Transmission - Assemble
SMCS Code: 3030-016

Assembly Procedure
Table 58
Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

A 136-1452 Retaining Ring Pliers 1

(continued)
224 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

(Table 58, contd)


Required Tools

Tool Part Number Description Qty

B 3K-4897 Spring Pin (3.2 mm (1/8 inch)) 8

C 5P-5197 Retaining Ring Pliers 1

D 1P-0510 Driver Group 1

1P-2420 Repair Stand 1


E Transmission

FT-0833 Spring Compressor 2


F Clamp

Illustration 774 g00618947


G 138-7575 Link Bracket 2
FT-0947 Spring Compressor 2 2. Install O-ring seals (111) on input shaft (87).
H Clamp

K 138-7575 Link Bracket 3


L 138-7573 Link Bracket 3

Reference: Refer to Specifications,


“Transmission”Specifications, Transmission in the
Service Manual for your machine.
Make sure that you assemble the planetary housings
in the original alignment. Align the marks from the
disassembly procedure.

NOTICE
The friction discs and the clutch plates are not inter-
changeable between the clutches. Keep the clutch Illustration 775 g00620712
components in order and together for assembly in the
original clutches. 3. Install bearing (107) in planetary gears (106).

4. Install planetary gears (106) in planetary carrier


1. Clean the components. Inspect all of the
(102) with thrust washer (110) on each side of the
components for wear and for damage. Replace the
gear.
components, if necessary. Apply clean oil to the
components before assembly. Make sure that all of 5. Align the holes in the planetary gear shaft (108)
the oil passages in the shafts and in the housings and the planetary carrier. Install pin (109). Follow
are clean. this step for all of the planetary gears.
SENR8327 225
Disassembly and Assembly Section

9. Install planetary gears (100) and (101) in planetary


carrier (86) with one thrust washer (96) on each
side of the gears.

Illustration 776 g00620721

6. Install bearing (104) in planetary carrier (102). Use


Tooling (A) to install retaining ring (103) in order to
hold the bearing in position. Illustration 779 g00618944

10. Align the holes in the planetary gear shaft (98)


and the planetary carrier. Install pin (95). Follow
this step for all of planetary gears (86).

Illustration 777 g00620710

Note: Apply clean oil to O-ring seals (111)


immediately before assembly.
7. Install planetary carrier (102) on input shaft (87). Illustration 780 g00620709

Note: Apply oil to the seal immediately before


assembly.
11. Install the seal (not shown) and bearing (94) on
sun gear (93).

Illustration 778 g00618946

8. Install bearings (97) in planetary gears (100) and


(101).
226 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 781 g00618943 Illustration 783 g00618927

12. Install sun gear (93) on planetary carrier (86). 14. Use two people in order to install planetary carrier
Install retaining ring (92) in order to hold the sun (86). The weight of planetary carrier (86) is
gear and bearing (94) in position. approximately 26 kg (58 lb).

15. Install sun gear (88). Use Tooling (D) to install


retaining ring (89) that holds sun gear (88) on input
shaft (87).

Illustration 782 g00620728

13. Install retaining ring (90) on planetary carrier (86).


When you install the planetary carrier inside the
ring gear, use Tooling (B) to compress the retaining Illustration 784 g00620702
ring. Remove Tooling (B). Tap the retaining ring in
order to make sure that the retaining ring is seated 16. Use Tooling (D) to install bearing (85) in output
in the groove in ring gear (91). shaft (69). Install the bearing to a depth of
2.0 ± 0.5 mm (0.079 ± 0.020 inch). Check the
inside diameter of the bearing. The correct inside
diameter after installation is 50 ± 0.049 mm
(2 ± 0.002 inch).
SENR8327 227
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 785 g00620698 Illustration 787 g00618926

17. Use Tooling (D) to install bearing (84) in output 20. Install retaining ring (79) that holds the output
shaft (69). Install the bearing to a depth of shaft to the planetary carrier.
13.0 ± 0.5 mm (0.519 ± 0.020 inch). Check the
inside diameter of the bearing. The correct inside 21. Install seal ring (81) on the planetary carrier.
diameter after installation is 56 ± 0.061 mm
22. Install O-ring seal (80) on output shaft (69).
(2 ± 0.0024 inch).

18. Install gear (83) on the output shaft. Use Tooling


(D) to install retaining ring (82) on output shaft (69).

Illustration 788 g00618925

23. Turn over the planetary transmission, as shown.


Illustration 786 g00620732
Install O-ring seal (78) on input shaft (87).

24. Install seal ring (76) on the planetary carrier.


19. Install output shaft (69) over input shaft (87).
Engage sun gear (83) with the planetary gears. 25. Install seal rings (77) on the seal carrier.
228 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

30. Install piston (70) into housing (58).

Illustration 789 g00620743

26. Use Tooling (B) in order to install ring gear (75). Illustration 792 g01379106

31. Use two people in order to position housing (58)


onto Tooling (E). The weight of housing (58) is
approximately 35 kg (77 lb). Place suitable blocks
under the housing.

Note: Apply oil onto O-ring seal (78) immediately


before assembly.
32. Use Tooling (L) and a suitable lifting device in
order to assemble output shaft (69) and the
planetary carrier with housing (58). The weight of
output shaft (69) with the planetary carrier as a unit
is approximately 70 kg (155 lb).

Illustration 790 g00620697

27. Install bearing (74) in housing (58).

28. Use Tooling (A) in order to install retaining ring


(73).

Illustration 793 g00620746

33. Use Tooling (C) to install retaining ring (68) on


input shaft (87).

Illustration 791 g00620744

29. Install seal rings (71) and (72) on pistons (70).


Orient the lips of the seal rings toward the housing.
Apply clean oil to the lips of the seal rings before
assembly.
SENR8327 229
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 794 g00618914 Illustration 796 g00620754

37. Install seal rings (60) and (61) on piston (59).


NOTICE
The friction discs and the clutch plates are not inter- Orient the lips of the seal rings toward the housing.
changeable between the clutches. Keep the clutch Apply clean oil to the lips of the seal rings before
components in order and together for assembly in the assembly.
original clutches.
38. Install piston (59) in housing (56).

34. Install friction discs (67) and the clutch plates in


housing (58).

Illustration 797 g01379158

39. Use Tooling (F) in order to hold piston (59) in


Illustration 795 g00618913 housing (56).

40. Attach Tooling (G) and a suitable lifting device


onto housing (56). The weight of housing (56) is
Personal injury can result from being struck by approximately 26 kg (57 lb). Align the holes for
parts propelled by a released spring force. bolts (57).

Make sure to wear all necessary protective 41. Install bolts (57).
equipment.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all
recommended tooling to release the spring force.

35. Install plate (66). Install springs (63) and dowels


(62). Install ring gear (65).

36. Install friction discs (64) and the clutch plates.


230 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 798 g00620627 Illustration 800 g00618911

Illustration 799 g02403078 Illustration 801 g00618907

42. Install bearing (48) and retaining ring (48) into 47. Install planetary carrier (46) on the output shaft.
planetary carrier (46). Engage sun gear (45) with the planetary gears.

43. Install bearings (49) in planetary gears (50). 48. Install gear (44) on the output shaft. Use Tooling
(C) to install retaining ring (43).
44. Install planetary gears (50) in planetary carrier
(46) with thrust washer (54) on each side of the
gear.

45. Align the holes in the planetary gear shaft (51)


and the planetary carrier. Install pin (52). Follow
this step for all of the planetary gears.

46. Install the retaining ring on planetary carrier (46).


When you install the planetary carrier inside the
ring gear, use Tooling (B) to compress the retaining
ring. Remove Tooling (B). Tap the retaining ring in
order to make sure that the retaining ring is seated
in the groove in ring gear (55).
SENR8327 231
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 802 g00618899 Illustration 804 g01379174

53. Attach Tooling (G) and a suitable lifting device


onto housing assembly (36). The weight of
Personal injury can result from being struck by housing assembly (36) is approximately 46 kg
parts propelled by a released spring force. (100 lb). Install housing assembly (36).

Make sure to wear all necessary protective 54. Remove Tooling (G) and Tooling (H).
equipment.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all
recommended tooling to release the spring force.

49. Install friction discs (42) and the clutch plates.

50. Install springs (41).

Illustration 805 g00620770

55. Install the friction discs and clutch plate (26).

56. Install dowels (23).

Illustration 803 g00620768

51. Install seal rings (38) and (39) on pistons (37) and
(40). Orient the lips of the seal rings toward the
housing. Apply clean oil to the lips of the seal rings
before assembly.

52. Install pistons (37) and (40) in housing (36). Use


Tooling (H) to hold pistons (37) and (40) in position.
232 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 806 g00620773 Illustration 808 g00620787

57. Install ring gear (24). 61. Install seal rings (29) and (31) on piston (28).
Orient the lips of the seal rings toward the housing.
58. Install friction discs (25) and clutch plates (25). Apply clean oil to the lips of the seal rings before
assembly.

62. Install piston (28) in housing assembly (21).

Illustration 807 g00618675

59. If seal carrier (33) was removed, follow this


procedure for assembly: Illustration 809 g00620790

a. Raise the temperature of carrier (33) to a


temperature of 127 °C to 166 °C
(260°F to 330°F) for ten minutes.
Personal injury can result from being struck by
b. Align the holes in the seal carrier with the hole parts propelled by a released spring force.
in housing (21). Install the carrier on the Make sure to wear all necessary protective
housing. equipment.
c. Install pin (35) in the hole in the carrier and in Follow the recommended procedure and use all
the housing. Make sure that pin (35) does not recommended tooling to release the spring force.
extend out of carrier (33).
63. Install the disc springs in housing assembly (21)
60. Install seal rings (34) on carrier (33). Install O-ring by Steps 63.a. through 63.c.. See Illustration 809 .
seal (32).
a. Position the first spring with the outside
diameter of the spring in contact with the
housing.

b. Position the other springs with the outside


diameter of the springs in contact with each
other.
SENR8327 233
Disassembly and Assembly Section

c. Place plate (27) on the springs. Place housing


(21) in a press.

64. Compress the disc springs under reaction plate


(27). Install retaining ring (28). Make sure that the
retaining ring is seated in the groove in housing
(21). Release the spring force slowly.

Illustration 812 g01379205

Illustration 810 g00620791

Personal injury can result from being struck by


parts propelled by a released spring force.
Make sure to wear all necessary protective
Illustration 813 g00620800
equipment.
Follow the recommended procedure and use all 69. Attach Tooling (K) and a suitable lifting device
recommended tooling to release the spring force. onto housing (17). The weight of housing (17) is
approximately 23 kg (51 lb). Install housing (17).
65. Install housing assembly (21) in ring gear (24).
Install retaining ring (20). 70. Install bolts (15) and tighten bolts (15) to a torque
of 115 ± 7 N·m (85 ± 5 lb ft).
66. Install springs (22).
71. Use Tooling (C) to install retaining ring (16).

Illustration 811 g00618665

67. Install bearing (19) in housing (17).

68. Use Tooling (A) to install retaining ring (18).


234 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 814 g00618654 Illustration 816 g00618652

72. Install suction screen (12) in the transmission 74. Install the O-ring seal on tube (8). Install tube (8)
cover. Install cover (11) and the bolts. Tighten the and bolt (9).
bolts to a torque of 47 ± 7 N·m (35 ± 5 lb ft).

Illustration 815 g01379254

Note: The weight of the planetary transmission is


approximately 320 kg (710 lb). The weight of the
transmission cover is approximately 100 kg (220 lb).
73. Install Tooling (K) and attach a suitable lifting Illustration 817 g01379252
device. See Illustration 815 . Remove the planetary
transmission from Tooling (E). Position the Note: The unit of the transmission control valves and
transmission cover on Tooling (E). Install the of the priority valve weighs approximately 36 kg
planetary transmission on the transmission cover. (80 lb).
Install bolts (10) that hold the planetary 75. Install Tooling (L) on the unit of the transmission
transmission to the transmission cover. control valves and of the priority valve. Use a
suitable lifting device to position the transmission
control valves on the planetary transmission.
Install bolts (7). Tighten bolts (7) to a torque of
48 ± 4 N·m (35 ± 3 lb ft).
SENR8327 235
Disassembly and Assembly Section

• Replacement or service of the transmission

• Replacement of the ECM

Reference: Refer to Service Manual, “Power Train


Electronic Control System”.
End By:
Connect the transmission and bevel gears. Refer
to Disassembly and Assembly, “Transmission
and Bevel Gears - Separate”.

i01024681

Pivot Shaft Seals - Remove


Illustration 818 g00618650
SMCS Code: 7117-011

Removal Procedure
Table 59
Personal injury can result from being struck by
parts propelled by a released spring force. Required Tools

Make sure to wear all necessary protective Part


equipment. Tool Number Description Qty

Follow the recommended procedure and use all 0S-1587 Bolt (1/2 inch by 13 by 1 3/4 1
recommended tooling to release the spring force. inch)
A
1F-7958 Nut (1/2 inch by 13) 1
76. Install the O-ring seals on tubes (3). Install the
tubes. Install the springs and plugs (6). Bar Stock (1/2 inch by 1 inch by 4
B
2 inch)
77. Install the O-ring seal on tube (5). Install tube (5) 1P-0520 Driver Gp 1
in the cover. Install the clip and bolt (4).
C 8E-2898 Plate 1
IH-3110 Bearing Puller 1

1F-7958 Nut (1/2 inch by 13) 4

5P-8245 Washer (3 mm by 25.5 mm) 4


D
Threaded Rod (1/2 inch by 13 2
by 8 inch)

8T-3053 Seal Installer 1


E
6V-3141 Puller Plate 1

Start By:
Remove the track roller frame. Refer to
Disassembly and Assembly, “Track Roller
Illustration 819 g00618649 Frame - Remove”Disassembly and Assembly,
Track Roller Frame - Remove in this module.
78. Install small O-ring seals (1) and large O-ring seal
(2) on the transmission cover.

79. After you conduct any of the following procedures,


recalibrate the transmission modulating valves:

• Replacement of the transmission modulating


valve

• Replacement of the solenoid on the modulating


valve
236 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 820 g00621037 Illustration 821 g00621039

1. Remove O-ring seal (2) from retainer (3).

2. Remove eight bolts (1) and remove retainer (3)


from the track roller frame.
3. Remove the O-ring seal that is located between the
retainer and the track roller frame.

Illustration 822 g00621040

4. Place tool (A) in position. See Illustration 821 .


Rotate the nut in order to apply pressure to plate
(4). After the gap between plate (4) and retainer (5)
is large enough, insert tool (B) in order to keep the
plate and the retainer separate. Insert bar stock (B)
at four equally spaced locations around the
retainer.
5. Use a soft hammer around the outer diameter of
the retainer to remove plate (4).
SENR8327 237
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 823 g00621041 Illustration 825 g00621070

Note: The 8E-2898 Plate is the same component


NOTICE
that is used on the end of the pivot shaft.
When this component is removed, the component is
Note: Mark the retainers before disassembly for damaged or destroyed.
correct assembly in the original positions.
6. Use a hydraulic press and tool (C) to remove 8. Inspect bearings (8) on each side of the track roller
retainer (6) from retainer (5). frame for wear and for damage. Remove two
bearings (8) from the track roller frame, if
necessary.

i04959592

Pivot Shaft Seals - Install


SMCS Code: 7117-012

Installation Procedure
Table 60
Required Tools

Part
Tool Number Description Qty
Illustration 824 g00621069
1F-7958 Nut (1/2 inch by 13) 4

7. Use a hydraulic press to remove seal (7) from 5P-8245 Washer (3 mm by 25.5 mm) 4
A
retainer (5). Threaded Rod (1/2 inch by 13 2
by 8 inch)

8T-3053 Seal Installer 1


B
6V-3141 Plate 1
C - Loctite 11358 -

1. Inspect the O-rings. Replace any worn


components or damaged components. Apply clean
oil to the O-rings before assembly.
238 SENR8327
Disassembly and Assembly Section

Illustration 826 g00621070 Illustration 828 g00621336

2. Lower the temperature of two new bearings. Install


the bearings in each side of the track roller frame.

Illustration 829 g00621073

NOTICE
Illustration 827 g00621072
The two retainers are press fit together and cannot be
realigned after assembly. The bolt holes in the two re-
3. Apply Tooling(C) to the outer diameter of seal (7). tainers must be aligned correctly before assembly to
Use a hydraulic press to install seal (7) in retainer their original positions.
(5).

4. Follow Steps 4.a. through 4.f. in order to assemble


the two retainers.
a. Place tool (A) in position against the inside of
the holes in retainer (5). See Illustration 828 .
Make sure that threaded rods (A) are against
the inside of the retainer in order to provide
accurate measurements.
b. Measure the dimension from threaded rod (A)
to bolt hole (C) in retainer (5). Record the
dimension.
c. Measure the dimension from the other
threaded rod to opposite bolt hole (D) in
retainer (6). Record the dimension.

d. Compare the dimensions from Steps 4.b. and


4.c..
SENR8327 239
Disassembly and Assembly Section

e. If the dimensions are not equal, adjust the


assembly. Repeat the procedure in Steps 4.b.
through 4.d..

f. Make sure that the two retainers have


alignment marks (E) for correct assembly.

Illustration 832 g00621080

7. Lower the temperature of plate (4). Install the plate


so that the plate is flush with retainer (5).

Illustration 830 g00621077

Illustration 833 g00621037

8. Turn over the retainer. Install the O-ring seal on


retainer (6).

Illustration 831 g00621079 9. Install the retainer on the track roller frame and
install eight bolts (1).
5. Apply 5P-3413 Sealant to retainer (6). Place the
two retainers in a hydraulic press. make sure that 10. Install O-ring seal (2) on retainer (3).
marks (E) are in alignment. End By:
6. Use the hydraulic press and tool (B) to assemble Install the track roller frame. Refer to Disassembly
the retainers. and Assembly, “Track Roller Frame -
Install”Disassembly and Assembly, Track
Roller Frame - Install in this module.
240 SENR8327
Index Section

Index
A Removal Procedure ..................................... 72
Axle - Remove and Install.............................. 196
Installation Procedure ................................ 197 F
Removal Procedure ................................... 196
Final Drive - Assemble................................... 108
Assembly Procedure.................................. 108
B Final Drive - Disassemble.............................. 104
Disassembly Procedure............................. 104
Bevel and Transfer Gears - Assemble........... 205
Final Drive - Install ..........................................113
Adjustment Procedure ................................211
Installation Procedure .................................113
Assembly Procedure.................................. 205
Final Drive - Remove ..................................... 103
Bevel and Transfer Gears - Disassemble...... 199
Removal Procedure ................................... 103
Disassembly Procedure............................. 199
Final Drive Planetary Carrier (In Chassis) -
Brake (Left Side) - Assemble......................... 142
Install.............................................................. 92
Assembly Procedure.................................. 142
Installation Procedure .................................. 92
Brake (Left Side) - Disassemble.................... 141
Final Drive Planetary Carrier (In Chassis) -
Disassembly Procedure............................. 141
Remove ......................................................... 90
Brake Control Valve - Assemble.................... 194
Removal Procedure ..................................... 90
Assembly Procedure.................................. 194
Final Drive, Steering Differential, and Brake
Brake Control Valve - Disassemble ............... 193
(Left Side) - Install........................................ 139
Disassembly Procedure............................. 193
Installation Procedure ................................ 139
Brake Control Valve - Install .......................... 195
Final Drive, Steering Differential, and Brake
Installation Procedure ................................ 195
(Left Side) - Remove.....................................115
Brake Control Valve - Remove ...................... 193
Removal Procedure ....................................115
Removal Procedure ................................... 193
Final Drive, Steering Planetary, and Brake
(Right Side) - Install ..................................... 102
D Installation Procedure ................................ 102
Final Drive, Steering Planetary, and Brake
Disassembly and Assembly Section ................. 5
(Right Side) - Remove ................................... 94
Duo-Cone Conventional Seals - Install.............. 5
Removal Procedure ..................................... 94
Assembly and Installation of Conventional
Duo-Cone Seals.......................................... 5
Duo-Cone Inverted Seals - Install.................... 10 I
Assembly and Installation of Inverted Duo-
Idler - Assemble............................................... 69
Cone Seals................................................ 10
Assembly Procedure.................................... 69
Idler - Disassemble.......................................... 68
E Disassembly Procedure............................... 68
Idler - Install ..................................................... 72
Equalizer Bar - Assemble ................................ 81
Installation Procedure .................................. 72
Assembly Procedure.................................... 81
Idler - Remove ................................................. 67
Equalizer Bar - Disassemble ........................... 80
Removal Procedure ..................................... 67
Disassembly Procedure............................... 80
Important Safety Information ............................. 2
Equalizer Bar - Install..................................84, 86
Installation Procedure .............................84, 86
Equalizer Bar - Remove..............................74, 77 M
Removal Procedure ................................74, 77
Main Drive Shaft - Remove and Install .......... 168
Equalizer Bar Pads - Install ............................. 73
Installation Procedure ................................ 168
Installation Procedure .................................. 73
Removal Procedure ................................... 168
Equalizer Bar Pads - Remove ......................... 72
SENR8327 241
Index Section

P T
Pivot Shaft - Remove and Install ..................... 88 Table of Contents............................................... 3
Installation Procedure .................................. 89 Torque Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Removal Procedure ..................................... 88 Assemble ..................................................... 156
Pivot Shaft Seals - Install............................... 237 Assembly Procedure.................................. 156
Installation Procedure ................................ 237 Torque Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Pivot Shaft Seals - Remove........................... 235 Disassemble ................................................ 156
Removal Procedure ................................... 235 Disassembly Procedure............................. 156
Power Train Oil Filter - Install......................... 144 Torque Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Installation Procedure ................................ 144 Install............................................................ 157
Power Train Oil Filter - Remove..................... 143 Installation Procedure ................................ 157
Removal Procedure ................................... 143 Torque Converter Outlet Relief Valve -
Power Train Oil Pump - Assemble................. 148 Remove ....................................................... 155
Assembly Procedure.................................. 148 Removal Procedure ................................... 155
Power Train Oil Pump - Disassemble............ 146 Torque Divider - Assemble ............................ 175
Disassembly Procedure............................. 146 Assembly Procedure.................................. 175
Power Train Oil Pump - Install ....................... 150 Torque Divider - Disassemble........................ 170
Installation Procedure ................................ 150 Disassembly Procedure............................. 170
Power Train Oil Pump - Remove ................... 145 Torque Divider - Install ................................... 182
Removal Procedure ................................... 145 Installation Procedure ................................ 182
Priority Valve - Assemble............................... 153 Torque Divider - Remove............................... 168
Assembly Procedure.................................. 153 Removal Procedure ................................... 168
Priority Valve - Disassemble.......................... 151 Track - Assemble............................................. 29
Disassembly Procedure............................. 151 Assembly Procedure.................................... 29
Priority Valve - Install ..................................... 155 Track - Connect ............................................... 32
Installation Procedure ................................ 155 Connection Procedure ................................. 32
Priority Valve - Remove ................................. 151 Track - Disassemble........................................ 27
Removal Procedure ................................... 151 Disassembly Procedure............................... 27
Track - Separate .............................................. 25
Separation Procedure.................................. 25
R Track Adjuster - Assemble............................... 44
Recoil Spring - Install....................................... 39 Assembly Procedure.................................... 44
Installation Procedure .................................. 39 Track Adjuster - Disassemble.......................... 43
Recoil Spring - Remove................................... 35 Disassembly Procedure............................... 43
Removal Procedure ..................................... 35 Track Adjuster - Install ..................................... 44
Installation Procedure .................................. 44
Track Adjuster - Remove ................................. 43
S Removal Procedure ..................................... 43
Sprocket Segment - Remove and Install ......... 34 Track Roller - Assemble .................................. 20
Installation Procedure .................................. 34 Assembly Procedure.................................... 20
Removal Procedure ..................................... 34 Track Roller - Disassemble.............................. 19
Steering Differential and Brake - Assemble.. 123, Disassembly Procedure............................... 19
130 Track Roller - Install......................................... 24
Assembly Procedure.......................... 123, 131 Installation Procedure .................................. 24
Steering Differential and Brake - Track Roller - Remove..................................... 18
Disassemble .................................................117 Removal Procedure ..................................... 18
Disassembly Procedure..............................117 Track Roller Frame - Assemble ....................... 59
Steering Planetary and Brake - Assemble....... 98 Assembly Procedure.................................... 59
Assembly Procedure.................................... 98 Track Roller Frame - Disassemble .................. 54
Steering Planetary and Brake - Disassemble.. 95 Disassembly Procedure............................... 54
Disassembly Procedure............................... 95 Track Roller Frame - Install.............................. 64
242 SENR8327
Index Section

Installation Procedure .................................. 64


Track Roller Frame - Remove.......................... 50
Removal Procedure ..................................... 50
Track Roller Frame (Front) - Install.................. 48
Installation Procedure .................................. 48
Track Roller Frame (Front) - Remove.............. 45
Removal Procedure ..................................... 45
Transmission - Assemble .............................. 223
Assembly Procedure.................................. 223
Transmission - Disassemble ......................... 212
Disassembly Procedure............................. 212
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Connect..... 198
Procedure to Connect the Unit................... 198
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Install ......... 190
Installation Procedure ................................ 190
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Remove..... 187
Removal Procedure ................................... 187
Transmission and Bevel Gears - Separate.... 198
Procedure to Separate the Unit.................. 198
Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve -
Assemble ..................................................... 162
Assembly Procedure.................................. 162
Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve -
Disassemble ................................................ 159
Disassembly Procedure............................. 159
Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve -
Install............................................................ 166
Installation Procedure ................................ 166
Transmission Hydraulic Control Valve -
Remove ....................................................... 157
Removal Procedure ................................... 157
Transmission Planetary - Install..................... 186
Installation Procedure ................................ 186
Transmission Planetary - Remove................. 183
Removal Procedure ................................... 183
©2013 Caterpillar CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow”, and the POWER EDGE trade
All Rights Reserved dress as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and
may not be used without permission.

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy